Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended February 28, 2018

or

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                 to                                

Commission file number 001-08399

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Ohio

   31-1189815

 

  

 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

200 Old Wilson Bridge Road, Columbus, Ohio

   43085

 

  

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

   (Zip Code)

(614) 438-3210

 

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Not Applicable

 

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes ☒    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

☐  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

Emerging growth company

 

    

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  ☐    No  ☒

APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

Yes  ☐    No  ☐

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS:

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. On April 2, 2018, the number of Common Shares, without par value, issued and outstanding was 60,640,449.

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Safe Harbor Statement

     ii  

Part I. Financial Information

  

Item 1.

  Financial Statements (Unaudited)   
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets –
February 28, 2018 and May 31, 2017

     1  
 

Consolidated Statements of Earnings –
Three and Nine Months Ended February  28, 2018 and 2017

     2  
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income –
Three and Nine Months Ended February  28, 2018 and 2017

     3  
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows –
Three and Nine Months Ended February  28, 2018 and 2017

     4  
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     5  

Item 2.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      25  

Item 3.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      41  

Item 4.

  Controls and Procedures      41  

Part II. Other Information

  

Item 1.

  Legal Proceedings      42  

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors      42  

Item 2.

  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds      43  

Item 3.

  Defaults Upon Senior Securities (Not applicable)      43  

Item 4.

  Mine Safety Disclosures (Not applicable)      43  

Item 5.

  Other Information (Not applicable)      43  

Item 6.

  Exhibits      44  

Signatures

     46  

 

i


Table of Contents

SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

Selected statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, including, without limitation, in “PART I – Item 2. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” constitute “forward-looking statements” as that term is used in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”). Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, estimates or projections concerning future results or events. These statements are often identified by the use of forward-looking words or phrases such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “may,” “could,” “intend,” “estimate,” “plan,” “foresee,” “likely,” “will,” “should” or other similar words or phrases. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements relating to:

   

outlook, strategy or business plans;

   

future or expected growth, growth potential, forward momentum, performance, competitive position, sales, volumes, cash flows, earnings, balance sheet strengths, debt, financial condition or other financial measures;

   

pricing trends for raw materials and finished goods and the impact of pricing changes;

   

demand trends for the Company or its markets;

   

additions to product lines and opportunities to participate in new markets;

   

expected benefits from Transformation and innovation efforts and the ability to improve performance and competitive position at our operations;

   

anticipated working capital needs, capital expenditures and asset sales;

   

anticipated improvements and efficiencies in costs, operations, sales, inventory management, sourcing and the supply chain and the results thereof;

   

projected profitability potential;

   

the ability to successfully integrate AMTROL and the expected benefits, costs and results from the acquisition of AMTROL;

   

the ability to make acquisitions and the projected timing, results, benefits, costs, charges and expenditures related to acquisitions, newly-created joint ventures, headcount reductions and facility dispositions, shutdowns and consolidations;

   

the anticipated impact of the pending sale of the WAVE international business;

   

projected capacity and the alignment of operations with demand;

   

the ability to operate profitably and generate cash in down markets;

   

the ability to maintain margins and capture and maintain market share and to develop or take advantage of future opportunities, customer initiatives, new businesses, new products and new markets;

   

expectations for Company and customer inventories, jobs and orders;

   

expectations for the economy and markets or improvements therein;

   

expectations for generating improving and sustainable earnings, earnings potential, margins or shareholder value;

   

the expected impact of the provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “TCJA”) on the Company;

   

effects of judicial rulings; and

   

other non-historical matters .

Because they are based on beliefs, estimates and assumptions, forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. Any number of factors could affect actual results, including, without limitation, those that follow:

   

the effect of national, regional and global economic conditions generally and within major product markets, including a recurrent slowing economy;

   

the effect of conditions in national and worldwide financial markets;

   

the impact of changes in trade regulations – including the imposition of new tariffs on imported products, the adoption of trade restrictions affecting the Company’s products or suppliers and a United States withdrawal from or significant renegotiation of existing trade agreements such as the North America Free Trade Agreement – or the occurrence of trade wars;

   

lower oil prices as a factor in demand for products;

   

product demand and pricing;

   

changes in product mix, product substitution and market acceptance of our products;

   

fluctuations in the pricing, quality or availability of raw materials (particularly steel), supplies, transportation, utilities and other items required by operations;

   

effects of facility closures and the consolidation of operations;

 

ii


Table of Contents
   

the effect of financial difficulties, consolidation and other changes within the steel, automotive, construction, oil and gas, and other industries in which we participate;

   

failure to maintain appropriate levels of inventories;

   

financial difficulties (including bankruptcy filings) of original equipment manufacturers, end-users and customers, suppliers, joint venture partners and others with whom we do business;

   

the ability to realize targeted expense reductions from headcount reductions, facility closures and other cost reduction efforts;

   

the ability to realize cost savings and operational, sales and sourcing improvements and efficiencies, and other expected benefits from Transformation initiatives, on a timely basis;

   

the overall success of, and the ability to integrate, newly-acquired businesses and joint ventures, maintain and develop their customers, and achieve synergies and other expected benefits and cost savings therefrom;

   

the successful completion of the single, integrated sale of the Armstrong World Industries international business and the WAVE international business;

   

capacity levels and efficiencies, within facilities, within major product markets and within the industries as a whole;

   

the effect of disruption in the business of suppliers, customers, facilities and shipping operations due to adverse weather, casualty events, equipment breakdowns, civil unrest, international conflicts, terrorist activities or other causes;

   

changes in customer demand, inventories, spending patterns, product choices, and supplier choices;

   

risks associated with doing business internationally, including economic, political and social instability, foreign currency exchange rate exposure and the acceptance of our products in global markets;

   

the ability to improve and maintain processes and business practices to keep pace with the economic, competitive and technological environment;

   

the outcome of adverse claims experience with respect to workers’ compensation, product recalls or product liability, casualty events or other matters;

   

deviation of actual results from estimates and/or assumptions used by us in the application of our significant accounting policies;

   

level of imports and import prices in our markets;

   

the impact of judicial rulings and governmental regulations, both in the United States and abroad, including those adopted by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and other governmental agencies as contemplated by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010;

   

the effect of healthcare laws in the United States and potential changes for such laws which may increase our healthcare and other costs and negatively impact our operations and financial results;

   

the actual impact on the Company’s business of the TCJA differing materially from the Company’s estimates;

   

cyber security risks;

   

the effects of changing privacy and information security laws and standards; and

   

other risks described from time to time in the Worthington Industries, Inc.’s filings with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, including those described in “PART I – Item 1A. — Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May  31, 2017.

We note these factors for investors as contemplated by the Act. It is impossible to predict or identify all potential risk factors. Consequently, you should not consider the foregoing list to be a complete set of all potential risks and uncertainties. Any forward-looking statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are based on current information as of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and we assume no obligation to correct or update any such statements in the future, except as required by applicable law.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. – Financial Statements

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     February 28,
2018
     May 31,
2017
 

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 147,424      $ 278,081  

Receivables, less allowances of $3,262 and $3,444 at February 28, 2018 and May 31, 2017, respectively

     507,968        486,730  

Inventories:

     

Raw materials

     217,016        185,001  

Work in process

     123,693        95,630  

Finished products

     90,697        73,303  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

     431,406        353,934  

Income taxes receivable

     9,711        7,164  

Assets held for sale

     3,740        9,654  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     58,393        55,406  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,158,642        1,190,969  

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

     212,131        208,591  

Goodwill

     352,596        247,673  

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $76,602 and $63,134 at February 28, 2018 and May 31, 2017, respectively

     236,197        82,781  

Other assets

     29,971        24,841  

Property, plant and equipment:

     

Land

     27,551        22,077  

Buildings and improvements

     312,267        297,951  

Machinery and equipment

     1,056,111        961,542  

Construction in progress

     32,731        27,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

     1,428,660        1,309,186  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     803,461        738,697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

     625,199        570,489  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,614,736      $ 2,325,344  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 403,990      $ 368,071  

Short-term borrowings

     403        123  

Accrued compensation, contributions to employee benefit plans and related taxes

     70,669        86,201  

Dividends payable

     13,777        13,698  

Other accrued items

     60,864        41,551  

Income taxes payable

     801        4,448  

Current maturities of long-term debt

     13,735        6,691  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     564,239        520,783  

Other liabilities

     70,807        61,498  

Distributions in excess of investment in unconsolidated affiliate

     59,563        63,038  

Long-term debt

     768,128        571,796  

Deferred income taxes, net

     78,012        34,300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,540,749        1,251,415  

Shareholders’ equity—controlling interest

     951,171        951,635  

Noncontrolling interests

     122,816        122,294  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,073,987        1,073,929  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 2,614,736      $ 2,325,344  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

1


Table of Contents

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
    Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
     2018     2017     2018     2017  

Net sales

   $ 841,657     $ 703,436     $ 2,561,160     $ 2,168,765  

Cost of goods sold

     714,603       592,446       2,161,249       1,787,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     127,054       110,990       399,911       381,075  

Selling, general and administrative expense

     84,294       75,276       261,968       232,819  

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

     —         —         8,289       —    

Restructuring and other expense (income), net

     (3     1,394       (7,393     5,994  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     42,763       34,320       137,047       142,262  

Other income (expense):

        

Miscellaneous income, net

     1,500       749       3,169       2,484  

Interest expense

     (9,775     (7,674     (28,620     (23,202

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

     19,770       22,697       63,521       84,365  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     54,258       50,092       175,117       205,909  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (24,039     11,141       7,124       48,555  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

     78,297       38,951       167,993       157,354  

Net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (791     3,062       3,968       9,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings attributable to controlling interest

   $ 79,088     $ 35,889     $ 164,025     $ 148,021  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic

        

Average common shares outstanding

     60,383       62,750       61,451       62,325  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to controlling interest

   $ 1.31     $ 0.57     $ 2.67     $ 2.37  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

        

Average common shares outstanding

     62,345       64,977       63,507       64,758  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to controlling interest

   $ 1.27     $ 0.55     $ 2.58     $ 2.29  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding at end of period

     59,802       62,776       59,802       62,776  

Cash dividends declared per share

   $ 0.21     $ 0.20     $ 0.63     $ 0.60  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

2


Table of Contents

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
    Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
     2018     2017     2018     2017  

Net earnings

   $ 78,297     $ 38,951     $ 167,993     $ 157,354  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Foreign currency translation

     9,542       905       26,925       (7,277

Pension liability adjustment, net of tax

     251       (35     245       (35

Cash flow hedges, net of tax

     (556     (921     (879     1,356  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     9,237       (51     26,291       (5,956
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     87,534       38,900       194,284       151,398  

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (680     3,071       4,438       9,198  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interest

   $ 88,214     $ 35,829     $ 189,846     $ 142,200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
    Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
     2018     2017     2018     2017  

Operating activities:

        

Net earnings

   $ 78,297     $ 38,951     $ 167,993     $ 157,354  

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     25,338       21,677       76,986       65,154  

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

     —         —         8,289       —    

Provision for (benefit from) deferred income taxes

     (27,373     7,609       (20,022     9,946  

Bad debt (income) expense

     17       (41     (4     110  

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates, net of distributions

     2,835       (1,256     (1,968     (182

Net (gain) loss on assets

     (1,437     1,875       (10,692     3,358  

Stock-based compensation

     2,882       4,304       10,076       11,264  

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of impact of acquisitions:

        

Receivables

     4,071       (44,719     20,652       (34,920

Inventories

     (15,398     (2,346     (40,223     (20,869

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (4,914     (13,379     (149     (7,954

Other assets

     (2,069     (423     (3,045     1,987  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     35,564       89,736       (12,804     66,849  

Other liabilities

     2,107       718       7,568       2,813  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     99,920       102,706       202,657       254,910  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

        

Investment in property, plant and equipment

     (13,628     (21,128     (55,319     (52,174

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (285,028     —    

Proceeds from sale of assets

     3       2       16,742       958  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by investing activities

     (13,625     (21,126     (323,605     (51,216
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

        

Net repayments of short-term borrowings, net of issuance costs

     (1,108     (330     (508     (2,484

Proceeds from long-term debt, net of issuance costs

     —         —         197,685       —    

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (374     (218     (813     (655

Proceeds from issuance of common shares, net of tax withholdings

     581       (12,197     (3,415     (9,225

Payments to noncontrolling interests

     —         (3,360     (3,916     (10,141

Repurchase of common shares

     (47,418     —         (159,942     —    

Dividends paid

     (12,766     (13,374     (38,800     (38,096
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used by financing activities

     (61,085     (29,479     (9,709     (60,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     25,210       52,101       (130,657     143,093  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     122,214       175,180       278,081       84,188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 147,424     $ 227,281     $ 147,424     $ 227,281  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

NOTE A – Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Worthington Industries, Inc. and consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “our,” “Worthington,” or the “Company”). Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

The Company owns controlling interests in the following five joint ventures: Spartan Steel Coating, LLC (“Spartan”) (52%), TWB Company, L.L.C. (“TWB”) (55%), Worthington Aritaş Basinçli Kaplar Sanayi (“Worthington Aritas”) (75%), Worthington Energy Innovations, LLC (“WEI”) (75%), and Worthington Specialty Processing (“WSP”) (51%). These joint ventures are consolidated with the equity owned by the other joint venture members shown as noncontrolling interests in our consolidated balance sheets, and their portions of net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) shown as net earnings (loss) or comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statements of earnings and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, respectively.

These unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which are of a normal and recurring nature except those which have been disclosed elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements for these interim periods, have been included. Operating results for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2018 (“fiscal 2018”). For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2017 (“fiscal 2017”) of Worthington Industries, Inc. (the “2017 Form 10-K”).

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In July 2015, amended accounting guidance was issued regarding the measurement of inventory. The amended guidance requires that inventory accounted for under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost methods be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, where net realizable value represents the estimated selling price of inventory in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The amended guidance has no impact on inventory accounted for under the last-in, first-out (LIFO) or retail inventory methods. The Company adopted this amended guidance on a prospective basis effective June 1, 2017. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In August 2016, amended accounting guidance was issued to clarify the proper cash flow presentation of certain specific types of cash payments and cash receipts. The Company early adopted this amended guidance on a prospective basis effective June 1, 2017. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated statements of cash flows or ongoing financial reporting.

In January 2017, amended accounting guidance was issued to clarify the definition of a business to provide additional guidance to assist in evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as an acquisition (or disposal) of either an asset or a business. The Company early adopted this amended guidance on a prospective basis effective September 1, 2017. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In January 2017, amended accounting guidance was issued to simplify the goodwill impairment calculation, by removing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. Goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a

 

5


Table of Contents

reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill. The Company early adopted this amended guidance on a prospective basis effective September 1, 2017. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, new accounting guidance was issued that replaces most existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The new guidance requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. Subsequently, additional guidance was issued on several areas including guidance intended to improve the operability and understandability of the implementation of principal versus agent considerations and clarifications on the identification of performance obligations and implementation of guidance related to licensing. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The guidance permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We are in the process of evaluating the effect this guidance will have on the presentation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The scoping and diagnostic phases of the implementation have been completed and reviews of the Company’s contracts are largely complete. We anticipate the timing or pattern of revenue recognition to change for certain revenue streams; however, we do not expect the impact of these changes to be material due to the short-term nature of the manufacturing cycle for these revenue streams. The Company will adopt this guidance on June 1, 2018 using the cumulative effect transition method. The Company will continue to monitor any modifications, clarifications, and interpretations by the FASB that may impact the Company’s conclusions.

In February 2016, new accounting guidance was issued that replaces most existing lease accounting guidance under U.S. GAAP. Among other changes, the new guidance requires that leased assets and liabilities be recognized on the balance sheet by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, and the change is to be applied using a modified retrospective approach as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. We are in the process of evaluating the effect this guidance will have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows, and we have not determined the effect of the new guidance on our ongoing financial reporting.

In June 2016, new accounting guidance was issued related to the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments. The new guidance changes the impairment model for most financial assets to require measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are in the process of evaluating the effect this guidance will have on our consolidated financial position and results of operations; however, we do not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on our ongoing financial reporting.

In October 2016, amended accounting guidance was issued that requires the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory to be recognized when the transfer occurs. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years and is to be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this amended guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In November 2016, amended accounting guidance was issued that requires amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this amended guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated cash flows.

In March 2017, amended accounting guidance was issued that requires an employer to report the service cost component of pension and postretirement benefits in the same line as other current employee compensation costs. Additionally, other components of net benefit cost are to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside of income from operations. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years and is to be applied retrospectively for the presentation in the income statement and prospectively on and after the effective date for the capitalization of service cost. We do not expect the adoption of this amended guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

6


Table of Contents

In May 2017, amended accounting guidance was issued to provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require application of modification accounting. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this amended guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In August 2017, amended accounting guidance was issued that modifies hedge accounting by making more hedge strategies eligible for hedge accounting, amending presentation and disclosure requirements, and changing how companies assess effectiveness. The intent is to simplify application of hedge accounting and increase transparency of information about an entity’s risk management activities. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. It is to be applied using a modified retrospective transition approach for cash flow and net investment hedges existing at the date of adoption. The presentation and disclosure guidance is only required prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the effect this guidance will have on our consolidated financial position and results of operations, and have not determined the effect on our ongoing financial reporting.

In February 2018, amended guidance was issued that would allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the TCJA enacted by the U.S. government in December 2017. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. It is to be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the TCJA is recognized.

NOTE B – Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates

Investments in affiliated companies that we do not control, either through majority ownership or otherwise, are accounted for using the equity method. These include ArtiFlex Manufacturing, LLC (“ArtiFlex”) (50%), Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems LLC (“ClarkDietrich”) (25%), Samuel Steel Pickling Company (31.25%), Serviacero Planos, S. de R. L. de C.V. (“Serviacero”) (50%), Worthington Armstrong Venture (“WAVE”) (50%), and Zhejiang Nisshin Worthington Precision Specialty Steel Co., Ltd. (10%).

We received distributions from unconsolidated affiliates totaling $61,553,000 during the nine months ended February 28, 2018. We have received cumulative distributions from WAVE in excess of our investment balance, which resulted in an amount recorded within other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets of $59,563,000 at February 28, 2018. In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, we reclassified the negative investment balance to the liabilities section of our consolidated balance sheet. We will continue to record our equity in the net income of WAVE as a debit to the investment account, and if it becomes positive, it will again be shown as an asset on our consolidated balance sheet. If it becomes probable that any excess distribution may not be returned (upon joint venture liquidation or otherwise), we will recognize any negative investment balance classified as a liability as income immediately.

We use the “cumulative earnings” approach for determining cash flow presentation of distributions from our unconsolidated joint ventures. Distributions received are included in our consolidated statements of cash flows as operating activities, unless the cumulative distributions received, less distributions received in prior periods that were determined to be returns of investment, exceed our portion of the cumulative equity in the net earnings of the joint venture, in which case the excess distributions are deemed to be returns of the investment and are classified as investing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

7


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize combined financial information for our unconsolidated affiliates as of, and for the periods presented:

 

(in thousands)    February 28,
2018
     May 31,
2017
 

Cash

   $ 17,828      $ 24,470  

Other current assets

     528,520        541,746  

Current assets for discontinued operations

     72,236        48,346  

Noncurrent assets

     360,495        342,938  

Noncurrent assets for discontinued operations

     —          18,168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 979,079      $ 975,668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     131,906        148,056  

Current liabilities for discontinued operations

     9,454        8,891  

Short-term borrowings

     12,596        8,172  

Current maturities of long-term debt

     19,676        5,827  

Long-term debt

     264,317        268,711  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     19,554        20,890  

Noncurrent liabilities for discontinued operations

     —          490  

Equity

     521,576        514,631  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 979,079      $ 975,668  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
     Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
(in thousands)    2018      2017      2018      2017  

Net sales

   $ 403,426      $ 384,261      $ 1,258,667      $ 1,188,568  

Gross margin

     72,828        84,645        230,185        305,383  

Operating income

     41,546        55,140        133,313        216,902  

Depreciation and amortization

     5,406        6,983        18,534        20,776  

Interest expense

     2,564        2,089        7,517        6,388  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (1,095      5,065        2,069        16,128  

Net earnings from continuing operations

     36,058        47,309        118,995        193,228  

Net earnings from discontinued operations

     1,805        1,789        1,532        5,381  

Net earnings

     37,863        49,098        120,527        198,609  

The amounts presented within the discontinued operations captions in the tables above reflect the international operations of our WAVE joint venture. On November 20, 2017, the Company announced that WAVE had agreed to sell its business and operations in Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia, to Knauf Group, a family-owned manufacturer of building materials headquartered in Germany. The Company expects to receive proceeds of approximately $45,000,000 for its 50% share of the WAVE operations being sold. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions and is anticipated to close in the second half of calendar 2018.

NOTE C – Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company determined that indicators of impairment were present with regard to the goodwill and intangible assets of the WEI reporting unit. As a result, these assets were written down to their estimated fair value resulting in an impairment charge of $7,325,000. During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company also identified the presence of impairment indicators with regard to vacant land at the oil & gas equipment facility in Bremen, Ohio, resulting in an impairment charge of $964,000 to write the vacant land down to its estimated fair market value.

 

8


Table of Contents

NOTE D – Restructuring and Other Expense

We consider restructuring activities to be programs whereby we fundamentally change our operations such as closing and consolidating manufacturing facilities or moving manufacturing of a product to another location. Restructuring activities may also involve substantial realignment of the management structure of a business unit in response to changing market conditions.

A progression of the liabilities associated with our restructuring activities, combined with a reconciliation to the restructuring and other expense (income) financial statement caption, in our consolidated statement of earnings is summarized below for the period presented:

 

(in thousands)    Balance, as of
May 31, 2017
     Expense
(income)
    Payments     Adjustments     Balance, as of
February 28, 2018
 

Early retirement and severance

   $ 253      $ 2,560     $ (1,188   $ (16   $ 1,609  

Facility exit and other costs

     536        499       (1,035     -       -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 789        3,059     $ (2,223   $ (16   $ 1,609  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain on sale of assets

        (10,452      
     

 

 

       

Restructuring and other income, net

      $ (7,393      
     

 

 

       

During the nine months ended February 28, 2018, the following actions were taken related to the Company’s restructuring activities:

 

   

In connection with the acquisition of Amtrol on June 2, 2017, the Company recognized severance expense of $2,365,000 related to corporate management positions at Amtrol that were eliminated.

 

   

In connection with the closure of the Company’s stainless steel business, Precision Specialty Metals, Inc. (“PSM”), the Company recognized facility exit costs of $577,000 and a net gain on disposal of assets of $10,595,000 for the sale of the real estate of this business. Net proceeds were $15,874,000.

 

   

In connection with other non-significant restructuring activities, the Company recognized severance expense of $195,000 and a credit to facility exit costs of $78,000. The Company also recognized a net loss on disposal of assets of $143,000.

The total liability associated with our restructuring activities as of February 28, 2018 is expected to be paid in the next twelve months.

NOTE E – Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

We are defendants in certain legal actions. In the opinion of management, the outcome of these actions is not clearly determinable at the present time. None of the pending litigation, individually or collectively, is expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

9


Table of Contents

NOTE F – Guarantees

We do not have guarantees that we believe are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. However, as of February 28, 2018, we were party to an operating lease for an aircraft in which we have guaranteed a residual value at the termination of the lease. The maximum obligation under the terms of this guarantee was approximately $8,587,000 at February 28, 2018. Based on current facts and circumstances, we have estimated the likelihood of payment pursuant to this guarantee is not probable and, therefore, no amount has been recognized in our consolidated financial statements.

We also had in place $14,606,000 of outstanding stand-by letters of credit issued to third-party service providers at February 28, 2018. No amounts were drawn against them at February 28, 2018.

NOTE G – Debt and Receivables Securitization

On July 28, 2017, we issued $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes due August 1, 2032 (the “2032 Notes”). The 2032 Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.300%. The 2032 Notes were sold to the public at 99.901% of the principal amount thereof, to yield 4.309% to maturity. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to repay amounts then outstanding under our multi-year revolving credit facility and amounts then outstanding under our revolving trade accounts receivable securitization facility, both of which are described in more detail below. We entered into an interest rate swap in June 2017, in anticipation of the issuance of the 2032 Notes. The interest rate swap had a notional amount of $150,000,000 to hedge the risk of changes in the semi-annual interest rate payments attributable to changes in the benchmark interest rate during the several days leading up to the issuance of the 2032 Notes. Upon pricing of the 2032 Notes, the derivative instrument was settled resulting in a gain of approximately $3,098,000, which was reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). Approximately $2,116,000 and $198,000 were allocated to debt issuance costs and the debt discount. The debt issuance costs and the debt discount were each recorded on the consolidated balance sheet within long-term debt as a contra-liability. The unamortized portion of the debt issuance costs and debt discount was $2,034,000 and $190,000, respectively, at February 28, 2018.

We maintain a $500,000,000 multi-year revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with a group of lenders. On February 16, 2018, the Company amended the terms of the Credit Facility, extending the maturity by three years to February 2023. Debt issuance costs of $805,000 were incurred as a result of the renewal. These costs have been deferred and will be amortized over the life of the Credit Facility to interest expense. Borrowings under the Credit Facility typically have maturities of less than one year. However, we can extend the term of amounts borrowed by renewing these borrowings for the term of the Credit Facility. We have the option to borrow at rates equal to an applicable margin over the LIBOR, Prime rate or Overnight Bank Funding Rate. The applicable margin is determined by our credit rating. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility at February 28, 2018. As discussed in “NOTE F – Guarantees,” we provided $14,606,000 in stand-by letters of credit for third-party beneficiaries as of February 28, 2018. While not drawn against at February 28, 2018, $13,245,000 of these stand-by letters of credit were issued against availability under the Credit Facility, leaving $486,755,000 available under the Credit Facility at February 28, 2018.

We also maintain a $50,000,000 revolving trade accounts receivable securitization facility (the “AR Facility”) which matures in January 2019. On January 16, 2018, the Company amended the terms of the AR Facility, extending the maturity by one year to January 2019 and reducing the borrowing capacity from $100,000,000 to $50,000,000. Pursuant to the terms of the AR Facility, certain of our subsidiaries sell their accounts receivable without recourse, on a revolving basis, to Worthington Receivables Corporation (“WRC”), a wholly-owned, consolidated, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary. In turn, WRC may sell without recourse, on a revolving basis, up to $50,000,000 of undivided ownership interests in this pool of accounts receivable to a third-party bank. We retain an undivided interest in this pool and are subject to risk of loss based on the collectability of the receivables from this retained interest. Because the amount eligible to be sold excludes receivables more than 90 days past due, receivables offset by an allowance for doubtful accounts due to bankruptcy or other cause, concentrations over certain limits with specific customers and certain reserve amounts, we believe additional risk of loss is minimal. As of February 28, 2018, no undivided ownership interests in this pool of accounts receivable had been sold.

 

10


Table of Contents

NOTE H – Other Comprehensive Income

The following table summarizes the tax effects on each component of OCI for the three months ended February 28:

 

     2018     2017  
     Before-Tax     Tax      Net-of-Tax     Before-Tax     Tax     Net-of-Tax  
(in thousands)                                      

Foreign currency translation

   $ 9,542     $ -      $ 9,542     $ 905     $ -     $ 905  

Pension liability adjustment

     230       21        251       (117     82       (35

Cash flow hedges

     (711     155        (556     (1,299     378       (921
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 9,061     $ 176      $ 9,237     $ (511   $ 460     $ (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the tax effects on each component of OCI for the nine months ended February 28:

 

     2018     2017  
     Before-Tax     Tax      Net-of-Tax     Before-Tax     Tax     Net-of-Tax  
(in thousands)                                      

Foreign currency translation

   $ 26,925     $ -      $ 26,925     $ (7,277   $ -     $ (7,277

Pension liability adjustment

     230       15        245       (117     82       (35

Cash flow hedges

     (1,213     334        (879     1,836       (480     1,356  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 25,942     $ 349      $ 26,291     $ (5,558   $ (398   $ (5,956
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents

NOTE I – Changes in Equity

The following table summarizes the changes in equity by component and in total for the period presented:

 

     Controlling Interest              
(in thousands)    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss, Net of
Tax
    Retained
Earnings
    Total     Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total  

Balance at May 31, 2017

   $ 303,391     $ (27,775   $ 676,019     $ 951,635     $ 122,294     $ 1,073,929  

Net earnings

     -       -       164,025       164,025       3,968       167,993  

Other comprehensive income

     -       25,821       -       25,821       470       26,291  

Common shares issued, net of withholding tax

     (3,415     -       -       (3,415     -       (3,415

Common shares in NQ plans

     1,003       -       -       1,003       -       1,003  

Stock-based compensation

     11,203       -       -       11,203       -       11,203  

Purchases and retirement of common shares

     (16,311     -       (143,631     (159,942     -       (159,942

Cash dividends declared

     -       -       (39,159     (39,159     -       (39,159

Dividends to noncontrolling interest

     -       -       -       -       (3,916     (3,916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at February 28, 2018

   $ 295,871     $ (1,954   $ 657,254     $ 951,171     $ 122,816     $ 1,073,987  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the period presented:

 

(in thousands)    Foreign
Currency
Translation
    Pension
Liability
Adjustment
    Cash
Flow
Hedges
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 

Balance as of May 31, 2017

   $ (17,358   $ (14,819   $ 4,402     $ (27,775

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

     26,455       230       11,362       38,047  

Reclassification adjustments to income (a)

     -       -       (12,575     (12,575

Income taxes

     -       15       334       349  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of February 28, 2018

   $ 9,097     $ (14,574   $ 3,523     $ (1,954
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

The statement of earnings classification of amounts reclassified to income for cash flow hedges is disclosed in “NOTE O – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

 

12


Table of Contents

NOTE J – Stock-Based Compensation

Non-Qualified Stock Options

During the nine months ended February 28, 2018, we granted non-qualified stock options covering a total of 90,200 common shares under our stock-based compensation plans. The option price of $47.76 per share was equal to the market price of the underlying common shares at the grant date. The fair value of these stock options, based on the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, calculated at the grant date, was $14.99 per share. The calculated pre-tax stock-based compensation expense for these stock options, after an estimate for forfeitures, is $1,203,000 and will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the three-year vesting period. The following assumptions were used to value these stock options:

 

Dividend yield

     1.81

Expected volatility

     36.65

Risk-free interest rate

     1.98

Expected term (years)

     6.0  

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our common shares and the risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury strip rate for the expected term of the stock options. The expected term was developed using historical exercise experience.

Service-Based Restricted Common Shares

During the nine months ended February 28, 2018, we granted an aggregate of 170,750 service-based restricted common shares under our stock-based compensation plans. The fair value of these restricted common shares was equal to the weighted average closing market price of the underlying common shares on the respective dates of grant, or $47.89 per share. The calculated pre-tax stock-based compensation expense for these restricted common shares, after an estimate for forfeitures, is $7,399,000 and will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the three-year service-based vesting period.

Performance Share Awards

We have awarded performance shares to certain key employees under our stock-based compensation plans. These performance shares are earned based on the level of achievement with respect to corporate targets for cumulative corporate economic value added, earnings per share growth and, in the case of business unit executives, business unit operating income targets for the three-year periods ending May 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. These performance share awards will be paid, to the extent earned, in common shares of the Company in the fiscal quarter following the end of the applicable three-year performance period. The fair values of our performance shares are determined by the closing market prices of the underlying common shares at the respective grant dates of the performance shares and the pre-tax stock-based compensation expense is based on our periodic assessment of the probability of the targets being achieved and our estimate of the number of common shares that will ultimately be issued. During the nine months ended February 28, 2018, we granted performance share awards covering an aggregate of 54,300 common shares (at target levels). The calculated pre-tax stock-based compensation expense for these performance shares is $2,748,000 and will be recognized over the three-year performance period.

NOTE K – Income Taxes

Income tax expense for the nine months ended February 28, 2018 and 2017 reflected estimated annual effective income tax rates of 10.3% and 27.2%, respectively. The annual effective income tax rates exclude any impact from the inclusion of net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statements of earnings. Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests are primarily a result of our WSP, Spartan, Worthington Aritas, and TWB consolidated joint ventures. The earnings attributable to the noncontrolling interests in WSP, Spartan and TWB’s U.S. operations do not generate tax expense to Worthington since the investors in WSP, Spartan and TWB’s U.S. operations are taxed directly based on the earnings attributable to them. The tax expense of Worthington Aritas (a foreign corporation) and TWB’s wholly-owned foreign corporations is reported in our consolidated tax expense. Management is required to estimate the annual effective income tax rate based upon its forecast of annual pre-tax income for domestic and foreign operations. Our actual effective income tax rate for fiscal 2018 could be materially different from the forecasted rate as of February 28, 2018.

 

13


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”) was enacted into federal law. The TCJA significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax system by lowering the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. In addition, the TCJA adds several new provisions including changes to bonus depreciation, the deduction for executive compensation, a tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), the base erosion anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) and a deduction for foreign-derived intangible income (“FDII”). Many of these provisions, including the tax on GILTI, the BEAT and the deduction for FDII, do not apply to the Company until June 1, 2018. The Company is assessing the impact of the provisions of the TCJA which do not apply until June 1, 2018. The Company has elected to account for the tax on GILTI as a period cost and thus has not adjusted any of the deferred tax assets and liabilities of its foreign subsidiaries for the new tax. The two material items that impact the Company for fiscal 2018 are the reduction in the tax rate and a one-time mandatory deemed repatriation tax imposed on the Company’s unremitted foreign earnings. Due to the Company’s fiscal year, the Company’s fiscal 2018 U.S. federal blended statutory tax rate will be approximately 29.2%. The Company’s U.S. federal statutory tax rate will be 21.0% starting June 1, 2018. Management’s best estimate of the Company’s ongoing effective income tax rate as a result of the TCJA is 24% beginning in fiscal 2019.

U.S. GAAP requires that the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the law was enacted. For the three and nine months ended February 28, 2018, the Company has not finalized the accounting for the tax effects of the enactment of the TCJA. However, consistent with applicable Securities and Exchange Commission guidance in Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB118”), the Company has made a reasonable estimate of the effects on the Company’s existing deferred tax balances and the one-time mandatory deemed repatriation tax required by the TCJA. As such, the Company recognized a provisional income tax benefit of $41.1 million related to the re-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities and a provisional income tax expense of $6.8 million for the one-time mandatory deemed repatriation tax for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2018. SAB118 allows companies to use a measurement period, similar to that used in business combinations, to account for the impacts of the TCJA in their consolidated financial statements. The Company’s actual re-measurement of its deferred tax assets and liabilities may vary materially from the provisional amount because we consider key estimates on the net deferred tax remeasurement and the deemed repatriation tax to be incomplete due to our continuing analysis of final year-end data and tax positions. Our analysis could affect the measurement of these balances and give rise to new deferred and other tax assets and liabilities. Since the TCJA was passed late in the fourth quarter of calendar 2017, and further guidance and accounting interpretation is expected, our review is still pending. We expect to complete our analysis of the amounts recorded within the measurement period of one year from the enactment of the TCJA.

NOTE L – Earnings per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to controlling interest for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
     Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)    2018      2017      2018      2017  

Numerator (basic & diluted):

           

Net earnings attributable to controlling interest -income available to common shareholders

   $ 79,088      $ 35,889      $ 164,025      $ 148,021  

Denominator:

           

Denominator for basic earnings per share attributable to controlling interest—weighted average common shares

     60,383        62,750        61,451        62,325  

Effect of dilutive securities

     1,962        2,227        2,056        2,433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share attributable to controlling interest—adjusted weighted average common shares

     62,345        64,977        63,507        64,758  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share attributable to controlling interest

   $ 1.31      $ 0.57      $ 2.67      $ 2.37  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to controlling interest

   $ 1.27      $ 0.55      $ 2.58      $ 2.29  

 

14


Table of Contents

Stock options covering 91,933 and 107,224 common shares for the three months ended February 28, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and 81,087 and 97,638 common shares for the nine months ended February 28, 2018 and 2017, respectively, have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect of their inclusion would have been “anti-dilutive” for those periods.

NOTE M – Segment Operations

The following table presents summarized financial information for our reportable segments as of, and for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months
Ended February 28,
     Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
(in thousands)    2018      2017      2018      2017  

Net sales

           

Steel Processing

   $ 518,113      $ 478,174      $ 1,599,994      $ 1,492,654  

Pressure Cylinders

     295,506        198,433        866,179        598,303  

Engineered Cabs

     27,055        23,547        89,405        71,591  

Other

     983        3,282        5,582        6,217  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   $ 841,657      $ 703,436      $ 2,561,160      $ 2,168,765  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

           

Steel Processing

   $ 31,125      $ 26,026      $ 105,127      $ 116,256  

Pressure Cylinders

     17,530        10,071        52,663        35,480  

Engineered Cabs

     (4,083      (2,001      (6,031      (7,225

Other

     (1,809      224        (14,712      (2,249
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating income

   $ 42,763      $ 34,320      $ 137,047      $ 142,262  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

           

Steel Processing

   $ -      $ -      $ -      $ -  

Pressure Cylinders

     -        -        964        -  

Engineered Cabs

     -        -        -        -  

Other

     -        -        7,325        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

   $ -      $ -      $ 8,289      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restructuring and other expense (income), net

           

Steel Processing

   $ (3    $ 212      $ (10,059    $ 1,496  

Pressure Cylinders

     -        1,056        2,365        3,165  

Engineered Cabs

     -        169        (78      1,379  

Other

     -        (43      379        (46
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restructuring and other expense (income), net

   $ (3    $ 1,394      $ (7,393    $ 5,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)    February 28,
2018
     May 31,
2017
 

Total assets

     

Steel Processing

   $ 907,578      $ 882,863  

Pressure Cylinders

     1,191,736        766,611  

Engineered Cabs

     65,101        62,141  

Other

     450,321        613,729  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,614,736      $ 2,325,344  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effective June 1, 2017, we made certain organizational changes impacting the internal reporting and management structure of Packaging Solutions. As a result of these organizational changes, management responsibilities and internal reporting were realigned, moving Packaging Solutions from the Steel Processing operating segment to the Engineered Cabs operating segment. Previously reported results have not been restated and are immaterial for all periods presented.

 

15


Table of Contents

NOTE N – Acquisitions

On June 2, 2017, the Company acquired Amtrol, a leading manufacturer of pressure cylinders and water system tanks with operations in the U.S. and Europe. The total purchase price was $291,921,000 after adjusting for excess working capital and was funded primarily with cash on hand.The net assets became part of the Pressure Cylinders operating segment at closing, with the well water and expansion tank operations aligning under the consumer products business and the refrigerant, liquid propane and industrial and specialty gas operations aligning under the industrial products business. Total acquisition-related expenses were $3,568,000, of which $1,568,000 were incurred during fiscal 2018.

The information included herein has been prepared based on the preliminary allocation of the purchase price using estimates of the fair value and useful lives of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The purchase price allocation is subject to further adjustment until all pertinent information regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are fully evaluated by the Company, including but not limited to, the fair value accounting, legal and tax matters, obligations, and deferred taxes.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recognized at their preliminary acquisition-date fair values, with goodwill representing the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired. In connection with the acquisition, we identified and valued the following identifiable intangible assets:

 

(in thousands)    Amount      Useful Life
(Years)
 

Category

     

Customer relationships

   $ 90,800        14-17  

Trade names

     62,200        Indefinite  

Technology

     13,000        15-16  
  

 

 

    

Total acquired identifiable intangible assets

   $ 166,000     
  

 

 

    

The purchase price includes the fair values of other assets that were not identifiable, not separately recognizable under accounting rules (e.g., assembled workforce) or of immaterial value. The purchase price also includes a going-concern element that represents our ability to earn a higher rate of return on this group of assets than would be expected on the separate assets as determined during the valuation process. This additional investment value resulted in goodwill, which is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

16


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the consideration transferred for the assets of Amtrol and the preliminary fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

(in thousands)    Preliminary      Measurement
Period
Adjustments
     Revised
Valuation
 

Cash

   $ 6,893      $ -      $ 6,893  

Accounts receivable

     40,212        -        40,212  

Inventories

     37,249        -        37,249  

Prepaid expenses

     981        -        981  

Other assets

     2,550        -        2,550  

Intangible assets

     166,000        -        166,000  

Property, plant and equipment

     52,870        -        52,870  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     306,755        -        306,755  

Accounts payable

     25,945        -        25,945  

Accrued liabilities

     21,016        -        21,016  

Long-term debt including current maturities

     2,287        -        2,287  

Other accrued items

     3,993        -        3,993  

Deferred income taxes, net

     64,495        (413      64,082  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets

     189,019        413        189,432  

Goodwill

     102,902        (413      102,489  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase price

   $ 291,921      $ -      $ 291,921  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Operating results of Amtrol have been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings since the date of the acquisition. During the three and nine months ended February 28, 2018, Amtrol contributed net sales of $65,766,000 and $191,047,000, and operating income of $7,323,000 and $11,151,000, respectively.

The following unaudited pro forma information presents consolidated financial information as if Amtrol had been acquired at the beginning of fiscal 2017. Depreciation and amortization expense included in the pro forma results reflect the preliminary acquisition-date fair values assigned to the definite-lived intangible assets and fixed assets of Amtrol assuming a June 1, 2016 acquisition date. Adjustment has also been made for acquisition-related costs incurred in each period presented. Pro forma results for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2018 have also been adjusted to remove the impact of the acquisition-date fair value adjustments to inventories and accrued severance costs related to headcount reductions at Amtrol initiated during fiscal 2018, as discussed in “NOTE D – Restructuring and Other Expense.” The pro forma adjustments noted above have been adjusted for the applicable income tax impact. The pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place as of June 1, 2016.

 

     Three months ended
February 28,
     Nine months ended
February 28,
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)    2018      2017      2018      2017  

Net sales

   $ 841,657      $ 762,956      $ 2,561,160      $ 2,350,152  

Net earnings attributable to controlling interest

   $ 79,087      $ 39,090      $ 168,269      $ 156,916  

Diluted earnings per share attributable to controlling interest

   $ 1.27      $ 0.60      $ 2.65      $ 2.42  

NOTE O – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We utilize derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to certain risks related to our ongoing operations. The primary risks managed through the use of derivative instruments include interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk and commodity price risk. While certain of our derivative instruments are designated as hedging instruments, we also enter into derivative instruments that are designed to hedge a risk, but are not designated as hedging instruments and therefore do not qualify for hedge accounting. These derivative instruments are adjusted to current fair value through earnings at the end of each period.

Interest Rate Risk Management – We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes. Our objective is to manage the impact of interest rate changes on cash flows and the market value of our borrowings. We utilize a mix of debt maturities along with both fixed-rate and variable-rate debt to manage changes in interest rates. In addition, we enter into interest rate swaps and treasury locks to further manage our exposure to interest rate variations related to our borrowings and to lower our overall borrowing costs.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk Management – We conduct business in several major international currencies and are therefore subject to risks associated with changing foreign currency exchange rates. We enter into various contracts that change in value as foreign currency exchange rates change to manage this exposure. Such contracts limit exposure to both favorable and unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations. The translation of foreign currencies into United States dollars also subjects us to exposure related to fluctuating currency exchange rates; however, derivative instruments are not used to manage this risk.

Commodity Price Risk Management – We are exposed to changes in the price of certain commodities, including steel, natural gas, zinc and other raw materials, and our utility requirements. Our objective is to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility associated with forecasted purchases and sales of these commodities to allow management to focus its attention on business operations. Accordingly, we enter into derivative contracts to manage the associated price risk.

We are exposed to counterparty credit risk on all of our derivative instruments. Accordingly, we have established and maintain strict counterparty credit guidelines. We have credit support agreements in place with certain counterparties to limit our credit exposure. These agreements require either party to post cash collateral if its cumulative market position exceeds a predefined liability threshold. Amounts posted to the margin accounts accrue interest at market rates and are required to be refunded in the period in which the cumulative market position falls below the required threshold. We do not have significant exposure to any one counterparty, and management believes the risk of loss is remote and, in any event, would not be material.

 

18


Table of Contents

Refer to “NOTE P – Fair Value” for additional information regarding the accounting treatment for our derivative instruments, as well as how fair value is determined.

The following table summarizes the fair value of our derivative instruments and the respective line in which they were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at February 28, 2018:

 

     Asset Derivatives      Liability Derivatives  
(in thousands)    Balance
Sheet
Location
     Fair
Value
     Balance
Sheet
Location
     Fair
Value
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

           

Commodity contracts

     Receivables      $ 4,880        Accounts payable      $ -  
     Other assets        28        Other liabilities        -  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 
        4,908           -  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

     Receivables        -        Accounts payable        240  
     Other assets        -        Other liabilities        4  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 
        -           244  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Totals

      $ 4,908         $ 244  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

           

Commodity contracts

     Receivables      $ 3,410        Accounts payable      $ 837  
     Other assets        173        Other liabilities        103  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 
        3,583           940  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

     Receivables        -        Accounts payable        31  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Totals

      $ 3,583         $ 971  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments

      $ 8,491         $ 1,215  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above reflect the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments on a net basis. Had these amounts been recognized on a gross basis, the impact would have been a $858,000 decrease in receivables with a corresponding decrease in accounts payable.

 

19


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the fair value of our derivative instruments and the respective line in which they were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at May 31, 2017:

 

     Asset Derivatives      Liability Derivatives  
(in thousands)    Balance
Sheet
Location
     Fair
Value
     Balance
Sheet
Location
     Fair
Value
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

           

Commodity contracts

     Receivables      $ 7,148        Accounts payable      $ 111  
     Other assets        6        Other liabilities        159  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 
        7,154           270  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

     Receivables        -        Accounts payable        141  
     Other assets        -        Other liabilities        160  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 
        -           301  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Totals

      $ 7,154         $ 571  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

           

Commodity contracts

     Receivables      $ 1,110        Accounts payable      $ 570  
     Other assets        -        Other liabilities        1  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 
        1,110           571  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

     Receivables        62        Accounts payable        -  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Totals

      $ 1,172         $ 571  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments

      $ 8,326         $ 1,142  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above reflect the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments on a net basis. Had these amounts been recognized on a gross basis, the impact would have been a $100,000 increase in receivables with a corresponding increase in accounts payable.

Cash Flow Hedges

We enter into derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to changes in cash flows attributable to interest rate and commodity price fluctuations associated with certain forecasted transactions. These derivative instruments are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges. Accordingly, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of accumulated OCI and reclassified into earnings in the same line associated with the forecasted transaction and in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recognized in earnings immediately.

The following table summarizes our cash flow hedges outstanding at February 28, 2018:

 

(in thousands)    Notional
Amount
     Maturity Date

Commodity contracts

   $ 22,473      March 2018 - June 2019

Interest rate contracts

     18,656      September 2019

 

20


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the gain recognized in OCI and the gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into earnings for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the periods presented:

 

            Location of          Location of       
            Gain (Loss)    Gain (Loss)     Gain    Gain  
            Reclassified    Reclassified     (Ineffective    (Ineffective  
     Gain      from    from     Portion)    Portion)  
     Recognized      Accumulated    Accumulated     and Excluded    and Excluded  
     in OCI      OCI    OCI     from    from  
     (Effective      (Effective    (Effective     Effectiveness    Effectiveness  
(in thousands)    Portion)     

Portion)

   Portion)    

Testing

   Testing  

For the three months ended February 28, 2018:

             

Commodity contracts

   $ 2,429      Cost of goods sold    $ 3,195     Cost of goods sold    $ -  

Interest rate contracts

     21      Interest expense      (34   Interest expense      -  
  

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 2,450         $ 3,161        $ -  
  

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

For the three months ended February 28, 2017:

             

Commodity contracts

   $ 2,037      Cost of goods sold    $ 3,397     Cost of goods sold    $ -  

Interest rate contracts

     25      Interest expense      (36   Interest expense      -  
  

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 2,062         $ 3,361        $ -  
  

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

For the nine months ended February 28, 2018:

             

Commodity contracts

   $ 8,243      Cost of goods sold    $ 13,000     Cost of goods sold    $ -  

Interest rate contracts

     3,119      Interest expense      (425   Interest expense      -  
  

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 11,362         $ 12,575        $ -  
  

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

For the nine months ended February 28, 2017:

             

Commodity contracts

   $ 9,963      Cost of goods sold    $ 8,882     Cost of goods sold    $ -  

Interest rate contracts

     149      Interest expense      (606   Interest expense      -  
  

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 10,112         $ 8,276        $ -  
  

 

 

       

 

 

      

 

 

 

The estimated net amount of the losses recognized in AOCI at February 28, 2018 expected to be reclassified into net earnings within the succeeding twelve months is $3,530,000 (net of tax of $1,513,000). This amount was computed using the fair value of the cash flow hedges at February 28, 2018, and will change before actual reclassification from other comprehensive income to net earnings during the fiscal years ending May 31, 2018 and May 31, 2019.

Economic (Non-designated) Hedges

We enter into foreign exchange contracts to manage our foreign currency exchange rate exposure related to inter-company and financing transactions that do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting treatment. We also enter into certain commodity contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Accordingly, these derivative instruments are adjusted to current market value at the end of each period through earnings.

The following table summarizes our economic (non-designated) derivative instruments outstanding at February 28, 2018:

 

(in thousands)    Notional
Amount
     Maturity Date(s)

Commodity contracts

   $ 23,920      March 2018 - December 2019

Foreign exchange contracts

     4,687      March 2018 - June 2018

 

21


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize the gain (loss) recognized in earnings for economic (non-designated) derivative financial instruments for the periods presented:

 

           Gain (Loss) Recognized  
           In Earnings for the  
           Three Months Ended  
     Location of Gain (Loss)     February 28,  
(in thousands)    Recognized in Earnings     2018     2017  

Commodity contracts

     Cost of goods sold     $ 1,787     $ 258  

Foreign exchange contracts

     Miscellaneous expense (income), net       32       (172
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     $ 1,819     $ 86  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
           Gain (Loss) Recognized  
           in Earnings for the  
           Nine Months Ended  
     Location of Gain (Loss)     February 28,  
(in thousands)    Recognized in Earnings     2018     2017  

Commodity contracts

     Cost of goods sold     $ 4,035     $ 5,169  

Foreign exchange contracts

     Miscellaneous income, net       (157     (837
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     $ 3,878     $ 4,332  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The gain (loss) on the foreign exchange contract derivatives significantly offsets the gain (loss) on the hedged item.

 

22


Table of Contents

NOTE P – Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is an exit price concept that assumes an orderly transaction between willing market participants and is required to be based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. Current accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy as a basis for considering such assumptions and for classifying the inputs used in the valuation methodologies. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair values are as follows:

 

Level 1

   –      Observable prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2

   –      Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the assets and liabilities, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3

   –      Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

At February 28, 2018, our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Totals  

Assets

           

Derivative instruments (1)

   $ -      $ 849      $ -      $ 849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ -      $ 849      $ -      $ 849  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivative instruments (1)

   $ -      $ 1,215      $ -      $ 1,215  

Contingent consideration obligation (2)

     -        -        610        610  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ -      $ 1,215      $ 610      $ 1,825  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

At May 31, 2017, our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Totals  

Assets

           

Derivative instruments (1)

   $ -      $ 8,326      $ -      $ 8,326  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ -      $ 8,326      $ -      $ 8,326  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivative instruments (1)

   $ -      $ 1,142      $ -      $ 1,142  

Contingent consideration obligation (2)

     -        -        585        585  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ -      $ 1,142      $ 585      $ 1,727  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The fair value of our derivative instruments is based on the present value of the expected future cash flows considering the risks involved, including non-performance risk, and using discount rates appropriate for the respective maturities. Market observable, Level 2 inputs are used to determine the present value of the expected future cash flows. Refer to “NOTE O – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for additional information regarding our use of derivative instruments.

 

(2)

The fair value of the contingent consideration obligation is determined using a probability weighted cash flow approach based on management’s projections of future cash flows of the acquired business. The fair value measurement was based on Level 3 inputs not observable in the market.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company determined that indicators of impairment were present with regard to the goodwill and intangible assets of the WEI reporting unit. As a result, these assets were written down to their estimated fair value of $0 resulting in an impairment charge of $7,325,000. The key assumptions that drove the fair value calculation were projected cash flows and the discount rate.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company also identified impairment indicators to be present with regard to vacant land at the oil & gas equipment facility in Bremen, Ohio, resulting in an impairment charge of $964,000 to write the land down to its estimated fair market value of $100,000. Fair value was determined based on market prices for similar assets.

At May 31, 2017 and February 28, 2018, there were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

The fair value of non-derivative financial instruments included in the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, notes receivable, income taxes receivable, other assets, accounts payable, short-term borrowings, accrued compensation, contributions to employee benefit plans and related taxes, other accrued items, income taxes payable and other liabilities approximate carrying value due to their short-term nature. The fair value of long-term debt, including current maturities, based upon models utilizing market observable (Level 2) inputs and credit risk, was $799,636,000 and $618,059,000 at February 28, 2018 and May 31, 2017, respectively. The carrying amount of long-term debt, including current maturities, was $781,863,000 and $578,487,000 at February 28, 2018 and May 31, 2017, respectively.

NOTE Q – Subsequent Events

On March 31, 2018, the Company closed on the sale of a majority of its ownership in WEI and Worthington retained a 10% interest in WEI. The impact of the transaction was immaterial.

 

24


Table of Contents

Item 2. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Selected statements contained in this “Item 2. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” constitute “forward-looking statements” as that term is used in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are based, in whole or in part, on management’s beliefs, estimates, assumptions and currently available information. For a more detailed discussion of what constitutes a forward-looking statement and of some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements, please refer to the “Safe Harbor Statement” in the beginning of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and “Part I—Item 1A.—Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2017.

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis of market and industry trends, business developments, and the results of operations and financial position of Worthington Industries, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “our,” “Worthington,” or the “Company”), should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in “Item 1. – Financial Statements” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2017 (“fiscal 2017”) includes additional information about Worthington, our operations and our consolidated financial position and should be read in conjunction with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

As of February 28, 2018, excluding our joint ventures, we operated 35 manufacturing facilities worldwide, principally in three operating segments, which correspond with our reportable business segments: Steel Processing, Pressure Cylinders and Engineered Cabs. The WEI operating segment does not meet the applicable aggregation criteria or quantitative thresholds for separate disclosure, and therefore is combined and reported in the “Other” category.

As of February 28, 2018, we held equity positions in 11 joint ventures, which operated 51 manufacturing facilities worldwide. Five of these joint ventures are consolidated with the equity owned by the other joint venture member(s) shown as noncontrolling interests in our consolidated balance sheets, and their portions of net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss) shown as net earnings (loss) or comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests in our consolidated statements of earnings and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, respectively. The remaining six of these joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

Overview

The Company delivered net sales growth of 20% for the third quarter of fiscal 2018 over the comparable period of fiscal 2017 on contributions from Amtrol, which was acquired on June 2, 2017 as discussed below under Recent Business Developments , higher average direct selling prices in Steel Processing and higher overall volume in Pressure Cylinders businesses . Operating income was up $8.4 million, or 25%, on strong results at Amtrol and improvement in Steel Processing, where results benefitted from strong demand in the agricultural and heavy truck end markets.

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates (“equity income”) decreased $3.0 million from the prior year quarter due primarily to lower contributions from WAVE and ClarkDietrich. WAVE’s contribution to equity income was lower than the prior year quarter due primarily to an increase in allocated costs resulting from a new cost-sharing agreement between the joint venture and its partners and lower volume. The Company’s portion of the increase in allocated costs for the period covering the current quarter was approximately $1.3 million, but this increased run rate is expected to decline by 20%-30% once the sale of the international business closes later in calendar 2018, as discussed below under Recent Business Developments . The majority of the increase in allocated costs was from the joint venture partner and therefore is not offset elsewhere in the Company’s results. ClarkDietrich’s contribution to equity income was $1.3 million lower than the prior year quarter as higher steel prices compressed margins. We received distributions from unconsolidated joint ventures of $22.6 million during the third quarter of fiscal 2018.

 

25


Table of Contents

Recent Business Developments

 

   

Effective June 1, 2017, we made certain organizational changes impacting the internal reporting and management structure of Packaging Solutions. As a result of these organizational changes, management responsibilities and internal reporting were realigned, moving Packaging Solutions from the Steel Processing operating segment to the Engineered Cabs operating segment. Previously reported segment results have not been restated and are immaterial for all periods presented.

 

   

On June 2, 2017, the Company acquired Amtrol, a leading manufacturer of pressure cylinders and water system tanks with operations in the U.S. and Europe. The total purchase price was $291.9 million after adjusting for excess working capital and was funded primarily with cash on hand. The net assets became part of the Pressure Cylinders operating segment at closing, with the well water and expansion tank operations aligning under the consumer products business and the refrigerant, liquid propane and industrial and specialty gas operations aligning under the industrial products business. Refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE N – Acquisitions.”

 

   

On July 28, 2017, the Company completed the public offering of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes. The notes bear interest at a rate of 4.300% and mature on August 1, 2032. Refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE G – Debt and Receivables Securitization.”

 

   

On September 27, 2017, the Board of Directors of Worthington Industries, Inc. (the “Board”) authorized the repurchase of up to an additional 6,828,855 of the Company’s common shares. During the third quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company repurchased a total of 1,000,000 common shares for $47.4 million at an average price of $47.42 per share, leaving the authorization at 7,500,000 common shares available for repurchase.

 

   

On November 20, 2017, the Company announced that its unconsolidated joint venture, WAVE has agreed to sell its business and operations in Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia, to Knauf Group, a family- owned manufacturer of building materials headquartered in Germany. Worthington expects to receive proceeds of approximately $45 million for its 50% share of the WAVE operations being sold. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions and is anticipated to close in the second half of calendar 2018.

 

   

On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted into law, which among other things lowers the corporate federal income tax rate to 21% from the current 35%. Our best estimate of the Company’s ongoing effective income tax rate as a result of the new legislation is 24% beginning in fiscal 2019. Results for the full fiscal year ending May 31, 2018 will reflect only five months of the lower rate. For additional information, refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE K – Income Taxes.”

 

   

On January 16, 2018, the Company amended its AR Facility, reducing the borrowing capacity from $100.0 million to $50.0 million because we felt we had ample capacity and extending the maturity to January 2019.

 

   

On February 16, 2018, the Company amended its Credit Facility, extending the maturity by three years to February 2023. Borrowing capacity remained unchanged at $500.0 million.

 

   

On March 28, 2018, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.21 per share payable on June 29, 2018, to shareholders of record on June 15, 2018.

 

26


Table of Contents

Market & Industry Overview

We sell our products and services to a diverse customer base and a broad range of end markets. The breakdown of net sales by end market for the third quarter of each of fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017 is illustrated in the following chart:

 

LOGO

The automotive industry is one of the largest consumers of flat-rolled steel, and thus the largest end market for our Steel Processing operating segment. Approximately 60% of Steel Processing’s net sales are to the automotive market. North American vehicle production, primarily by Ford, General Motors and FCA US (the “Detroit Three automakers”), has a considerable impact on the activity within this operating segment. The majority of the net sales of three of our unconsolidated joint ventures are also to the automotive market.

Approximately 13% of the net sales of our Steel Processing operating segment and 38% of the net sales of our Engineered Cabs operating segment are to the construction market. The construction market is also the predominant end market for two of our unconsolidated joint ventures: WAVE and ClarkDietrich. While the market price of steel significantly impacts these businesses, there are other key indicators that are meaningful in analyzing construction market demand, including U.S. gross domestic product (“GDP”), the Dodge Index of construction contracts and, in the case of ClarkDietrich, trends in the relative price of framing lumber and steel.

Substantially all of the net sales of our Pressure Cylinders operating segment, and approximately 27% and 62% of the net sales of our Steel Processing and Engineered Cabs operating segments, respectively, are to other markets such as consumer products, industrial, lawn and garden, agriculture, oil & gas equipment, heavy truck, mining, forestry and appliance. Given the many different products that make up these net sales and the wide variety of end markets, it is very difficult to detail the key market indicators that drive these portions of our business. However, we believe that the trend in U.S. GDP growth is a good economic indicator for analyzing these businesses.

 

27


Table of Contents

We use the following information to monitor costs and assess demand in our major end markets:

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
          Nine Months Ended
February 28,
       
     2018     2017     Inc / (Dec)     2018     2017     Inc / (Dec)  

U.S. GDP (% growth year-over-year) 1

     2.7     1.7     1.0     2.4     1.6     0.8

Hot-Rolled Steel ($ per ton) 2

   $ 674     $ 608     $ 66     $ 629     $ 579     $ 50  

Detroit Three Auto Build (000’s vehicles) 3

     2,057       2,166       (109     6,264       6,876       (612

No. America Auto Build (000’s vehicles) 3

     4,033       4,283       (250     12,498       13,690       (1,192

Zinc ($ per pound) 4

   $ 1.50     $ 1.25     $ 0.25     $ 1.40     $ 1.10     $ 0.30  

Natural Gas ($ per mcf) 5

   $ 2.86     $ 3.27     $ (0.41   $ 2.93     $ 2.96     $ (0.03

On-Highway Diesel Fuel Prices ($ per gallon) 6

   $ 2.99     $ 2.59     $ 0.40     $ 2.79     $ 2.59     $ 0.20  

Crude Oil—WTI ($ per barrel) 6

   $ 61.33     $ 52.64     $ 8.69     $ 53.56     $ 48.52     $ 5.04  

 

1 2017 figures based on revised actuals 2 CRU Hot-Rolled Index; period average 3 IHS Global 4 LME Zinc; period average 5 NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas; period average 6 Energy Information Administration; period average

U.S. GDP growth rate trends are generally indicative of the strength in demand and, in many cases, pricing for our products. A year-over-year increase in U.S. GDP growth rates is indicative of a stronger economy, which generally increases demand and pricing for our products. Conversely, decreasing U.S. GDP growth rates generally indicate a weaker economy. Changes in U.S. GDP growth rates can also signal changes in conversion costs related to production and in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense.

The market price of hot-rolled steel is one of the most significant factors impacting our selling prices and operating results. When steel prices fall, we typically have higher-priced material flowing through cost of goods sold, while selling prices compress to what the market will bear, negatively impacting our results. On the other hand, in a rising price environment, our results are generally favorably impacted, as lower-priced material purchased in previous periods flows through cost of goods sold, while our selling prices increase at a faster pace to cover current replacement costs. The recent run up in steel prices will likely result in significant inventory holding gains in the next two fiscal quarters.

The following table presents the average quarterly market price per ton of hot-rolled steel during fiscal 2018 (first, second and third quarters), fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016:

 

(Dollars per ton 1 )  
     Fiscal Year  
     2018      2017      2016  

1st Quarter

   $ 604      $ 617      $ 461  

2nd Quarter

   $ 608      $ 511      $ 419  

3rd Quarter

   $ 674      $ 608      $ 381  

4th Quarter

     N/A      $ 636      $ 486  

Annual Avg.

   $ 629      $ 593      $ 437  

 

1 CRU Hot-Rolled Index, period average

No single customer contributed more than 10% of our consolidated net sales during the third quarter of fiscal 2018 or fiscal 2017. While our automotive business is largely driven by the production schedules of the Detroit Three automakers, our customer base is much broader and includes other domestic manufacturers and many of their suppliers. During the third quarter of fiscal 2018, vehicle production for the Detroit Three automakers was down 5%, while North American vehicle production as a whole was down 6% from the comparable period in the prior year.

Certain other commodities, such as zinc, natural gas and diesel fuel, represent a significant portion of our cost of goods sold, both directly through our manufacturing operations and indirectly through transportation and freight expense.

 

28


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Third Quarter – Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017

Consolidated Operations

The following table presents consolidated operating results for the periods presented:

 

    Three Months Ended February 28,  
          % of           % of     Increase/  
(In millions)   2018     Net sales     2017     Net sales     (Decrease)  

Net sales

  $ 841.7       100.0   $ 703.4       100.0   $ 138.3  

Cost of goods sold

    714.7       84.9     592.4       84.2     122.3  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross margin

    127.0       15.1     111.0       15.8     16.0  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    84.3       10.0     75.3       10.7     9.0  

Restructuring and other expense

    -       0.0     1.4       0.2     (1.4
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

    42.7       5.1     34.3       4.9     8.4  

Miscellaneous income, net

    1.6       0.2     0.7       0.1     0.9  

Interest expense

    (9.8     -1.2     (7.7     -1.1     2.1  

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates (1)

    19.7       2.3     22.7       3.2     (3.0

Income tax benefit (expense)

    24.1       2.9     (11.1     -1.6     (35.2
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net earnings

    78.3       9.3     38.9       5.5     39.4  

Net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (0.8     -0.1     3.0       0.4     (3.8
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net earnings attributable to controlling interest

  $ 79.1       9.4   $ 35.9       5.1   $ 43.2  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

(1) Equity income by unconsolidated affiliate

         

WAVE

  $ 16.5       $ 18.4       $ (1.9

ClarkDietrich

    1.5         2.8         (1.3

Serviacero

    1.3         0.5         0.8  

ArtiFlex

    0.7         1.1         (0.4

Other

    (0.3       (0.1       (0.2
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

  $ 19.7       $ 22.7       $ (3.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net earnings attributable to controlling interest for the three months ended February 28, 2018 increased $43.2 million over the comparable period in the prior year. Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales increased $138.3 million over the comparable period in the prior year. The increase was driven by the contribution from Amtrol, which totaled $65.8 million, higher average direct selling prices in Steel Processing and higher overall volume in Pressure Cylinders businesses, partially offset by lower toll volumes at certain consolidated joint ventures.

 

   

Gross margin increased $16.0 million over the comparable period in the prior year. The increase was driven by the contribution from Amtrol and improvements in the industrial and consumer products businesses within Pressure Cylinders.

 

   

SG&A expense increased $9.0 million over the comparable period in the prior year. The increase was driven by the impact of the Amtrol acquisition, which added $8.2 million to SG&A expense in the current quarter. Overall, SG&A expense was 10.0% of consolidated net sales compared to 10.7% in the comparable period of the prior year.

 

   

Interest expense increased $2.1 million over the comparable period in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to the issuance of $200.0 million of aggregate principal amount senior unsecured notes due August 1, 2032. Refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE G – Debt and Receivables Securitization.”

 

   

Equity income decreased $3.0 million from the comparable period in the prior year due primarily to lower contributions from WAVE and ClarkDietrich. WAVE’s contribution to equity income was lower than the

 

29


Table of Contents
 

prior year quarter due primarily to an increase in allocated costs resulting from a new cost-sharing agreement between the joint venture and its partners and lower volume. The Company’s portion of the increase in allocated costs for the period covering the current quarter was approximately $1.3 million, but this run rate is expected to decline 20%-30% once the sale of the international business closes later in calendar 2018. ClarkDietrich’s contribution to equity income was $1.3 million lower than the prior year quarter as higher steel prices compressed margins. We received distributions of $22.6 million from our unconsolidated affiliates during the quarter. For additional information regarding our unconsolidated affiliates, refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE B – Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates.”

 

   

An income tax benefit of ($24.1) million was recorded in the current quarter versus income tax expense of $11.1 million in the comparable period in the prior year due primarily to the impact of discrete items and a lower statutory income tax rate related to the TCJA enacted into federal law on December 22, 2017. Significant discrete items in the current quarter associated with the TCJA included a provisional income tax benefit of $41.1 million for the re-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities and a provisional income tax expense of $6.8 million for the one-time mandatory deemed repatriation tax. The TCJA lowered the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. Due to the Company’s fiscal year, the Company’s 2018 U.S. federal blended statutory tax rate will be approximately 29.2%. Discrete items in the prior year quarter reduced income tax expense by $5.3 million. The current quarter expense was calculated using an estimated annual effective income tax rate of 10.3% versus 27.2% in the prior year quarter. Refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE K – Income Taxes” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for more information on our tax rates.

Segment Operations

Steel Processing

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Steel Processing operating segment for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28,  
            % of            % of     Increase/  
(Dollars in millions)    2018      Net sales     2017      Net sales     (Decrease)  

Net sales

   $ 518.1        100.0   $ 478.2        100.0   $ 39.9  

Cost of goods sold

     456.0        88.0     417.6        87.3     38.4  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross margin

     62.1        12.0     60.6        12.7     1.5  

Selling, general and administrative expense

     31.0        6.0     34.4        7.2     (3.4

Restructuring and other expense

     -        0.0     0.2        0.0     (0.2
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 31.1        6.0   $ 26.0        5.4   $ 5.1  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Material cost

   $ 365.4        $ 324.3        $ 41.1  

Tons shipped (in thousands)

     890          944          (54

Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales increased $39.9 million over the comparable period in the prior year driven by higher average direct selling prices, which increased net sales by $30.7 million, and higher direct volume, partially offset by lower toll volume due to declines at certain consolidated joint ventures. The mix of direct versus toll tons processed was 57% to 43% compared to 52% to 48% in the prior year quarter.

 

   

Operating income increased $5.1 million over the comparable period in the prior year driven by favorable inventory holding gains, which were .8 million in the current quarter compared to a loss of $3.0 million in the prior year quarter, and lower incentive accruals.

 

30


Table of Contents

Pressure Cylinders

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Pressure Cylinders operating segment for the periods presented:

 

    Three Months Ended February 28,  
          % of           % of     Increase/  
(Dollars in millions)   2018     Net sales     2017     Net sales     (Decrease)  

Net sales

  $ 295.5       100.0   $ 198.4       100.0   $ 97.1  

Cost of goods sold

    231.4       78.3     152.1       76.7     79.3  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross margin

    64.1       21.7     46.3       23.3     17.8  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    46.5       15.7     35.1       17.7     11.4  

Restructuring and other expense

    -       0.0     1.1       0.6     (1.1
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

  $ 17.6       6.0   $ 10.1       5.1   $ 7.5  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Material cost

  $ 132.9       $ 83.8       $ 49.1  

Net sales by principal class of products:

         

Consumer products

  $ 114.2       $ 75.7       $ 38.5  

Industrial products

    130.6         84.4         46.2  

Alternative fuels

    27.7         23.0         4.7  

Oil & gas equipment

    23.0         15.3         7.7  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Pressure Cylinders

  $ 295.5       $ 198.4       $ 97.1  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Units shipped by principal class of products:

         

Consumer products

    17,684,889         15,158,515         2,526,374  

Industrial products

    4,137,687         2,582,445         1,555,242  

Alternative fuels

    116,823         100,509         16,314  

Oil & gas equipment

    580         481         99  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Pressure Cylinders

    21,939,979         17,841,950         4,098,029  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales increased $97.1 million over the comparable period in the prior year due to the acquisition of Amtrol, and higher volumes across the businesses. The Amtrol acquisition added $65.8 million in sales, split between the consumer and industrial products businesses. The legacy consumer and industrial products businesses were aided by residual demand resulting from hurricane relief efforts and a more severe winter in the current year as compared to prior year. Sales activity related to Amtrol is presented within consumer products and industrial products in the table above.

 

   

Operating income increased $7.5 million over the comparable period in the prior year. The increase was driven primarily by contributions from Amtrol. Improvement in the legacy industrial and consumer products businesses were largely offset by a decline in the oil & gas equipment business. Results in the oil & gas equipment business were adversely impacted by $1.6 million of obsolete inventory charges and a $1.2 million legal settlement from a prior acquisition.

 

31


Table of Contents

Engineered Cabs

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Engineered Cabs operating segment for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28,  
(In millions)    2018      % of
Net sales
    2017      % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 27.0        100.0   $ 23.5        100.0   $ 3.5  

Cost of goods sold

     26.7        98.9     21.8        92.8     4.9  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross margin

     0.3        1.1     1.7        7.2     (1.4

Selling, general and administrative expense

     4.4        16.3     3.5        14.9     0.9  

Restructuring and other expense

     -        0.0     0.2        0.9     (0.2
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating loss

   $ (4.1      -15.2   $ (2.0      -8.5   $ (2.1
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Material cost

   $ 12.9        $ 10.8        $ 2.1  

Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales increased $3.5 million over the comparable period in the prior year on higher volume.

 

   

Operating loss increased by $2.1 million to $4.1 million due to higher conversion cost from labor and underutilized capacity at one of the facilities.

Other

The Other category includes the WEI operating segment, which does not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate disclosure. Certain income and expense items not allocated to our operating segments are also included in the Other category, including costs associated with our captive insurance company. The following table presents a summary of operating results for the Other category for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28,  
            % of            % of     Increase/  
(In millions)    2018      Net sales     2017      Net sales     (Decrease)  

Net sales

   $ 1.0        100.0   $ 3.3        100.0   $ (2.3

Cost of goods sold

     0.4        40.0     1.0        30.3     (0.6
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross margin

     0.6        60.0     2.3        69.7     (1.7

Selling, general and administrative expense

     2.4        240.0     2.1        63.6     0.3  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ (1.8      -180.0   $ 0.2        6.1   $ (2.0
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales decreased $2.3 million from the comparable period in the prior year on lower contributions from WEI.

 

   

Operating loss of $1.8 million represented a decrease of $2.0 million from the operating income reported in the prior year period on lower contributions from WEI and an increase in unallocated corporate costs.

 

32


Table of Contents

Nine Months Year-to-Date—Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017

Consolidated Operations

The following table presents consolidated operating results for the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended February 28,  
            % of            % of     Increase/  
(In millions)    2018      Net sales     2017      Net sales     (Decrease)  

Net sales

   $ 2,561.2        100.0   $ 2,168.8        100.0   $ 392.4  

Cost of goods sold

     2,161.3        84.4     1,787.7        82.4     373.6  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross margin

     399.9        15.6     381.1        17.6     18.8  

Selling, general and administrative expense

     262.0        10.2     232.8        10.7     29.2  

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

     8.3        0.3     —          0.0     8.3  

Restructuring and other expense (income), net

     (7.4      -0.3     6.0        0.3     (13.4
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating income

     137.0        5.3     142.3        6.6     (5.3

Miscellaneous income, net

     3.2        0.1     2.4        0.1     0.8  

Interest expense

     (28.6      -1.1     (23.2      -1.1     5.4  

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates (1)

     63.5        2.5     84.4        3.9     (20.9

Income tax expense

     (7.1      -0.3     (48.6      -2.2     (41.5
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings

     168.0        6.6     157.3        7.3     10.7  

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

     4.0        0.2     9.3        0.4     (5.3
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings attributable to controlling interest

   $ 164.0        6.4   $ 148.0        6.8   $ 16.0  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

(1) Equity income by unconsolidated affiliate

            

WAVE

   $ 52.5        $ 57.9        $ (5.4

ClarkDietrich

     2.6          15.7          (13.1

Serviacero

     5.8          4.5          1.3  

ArtiFlex

     3.0          6.1          (3.1

Other

     (0.4        0.2          (0.6
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

   $ 63.5        $ 84.4        $ (20.9
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net earnings attributable to controlling interest for the nine months ended February 28, 2018 increased $16.0 million over the comparable period in the prior year. Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales increased $392.4 million over the comparable period in the prior year. The increase was driven by the contribution from Amtrol, which totaled $191.0 million, higher average direct selling prices in Steel Processing, and higher overall volumes in Pressure Cylinders businesses and Engineered Cabs, partially offset by lower toll volume at certain consolidated joint ventures.

 

   

Gross margin increased $18.8 million over the comparable period in the prior year. The contribution from Amtrol and improved overall volumes in the legacy Pressure Cylinders businesses were largely offset by lower spreads in Steel Processing, down approximately $27.6 million from the comparable prior year period when rising steel prices led to significant inventory holding gains.

 

   

SG&A expense increased $29.2 million over the comparable prior year period. The increase was primarily driven by the impact of the Amtrol acquisition which added $27.2 million. Overall, SG&A expense was 10.2% of consolidated net sales compared to 10.7% in the comparable period of the prior year.

 

   

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets totaled $8.3 million and consisted primarily of the impairment of goodwill and certain intangible assets at WEI. For additional information, refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE C – Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets.”

 

   

Restructuring and other income, net totaled $7.4 million in the current period and consisted primarily of a net gain of $10.6 million related to the sale of the legacy real estate of the Company’s former stainless steel business, PSM, partially offset by severance expense of $2.3 million at Pressure Cylinders related to

 

33


Table of Contents
 

corporate management and other positions at Amtrol that were eliminated. For additional information regarding the Company’s restructuring activities, refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE D – Restructuring and Other Expense” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 

   

Interest expense increased $5.4 million over the comparable period in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to the issuance of $200.0 million of aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes due August 1, 2032. Refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—NOTE G – Debt and Receivables Securitization.”

 

   

Equity income decreased $20.9 million from the comparable period in the prior year due primarily to lower contributions from WAVE, ClarkDietrich, and ArtiFlex. Equity income at ClarkDietrich was $13.1 million lower than the prior year period as higher steel prices compressed margins. WAVE’s contribution to equity income was $5.4 million lower than the prior year due primarily to an increase in allocated costs resulting from a new cost-sharing agreement between the joint venture and its partners. This agreement was finalized in our fiscal 2018 second quarter and required a retroactive adjustment back to January 1, 2017. The total additional allocations impacting WAVE’s equity contribution that have been recorded during the nine months ended February 28, 2018 was $6.3 million, of which $2.2 million related to the period from January 1, 2017 to May 31, 2017. This run rate is expected to decline 20%-30% once the sale of the international business closes later in calendar 2018. ArtiFlex’s equity income was $3.1 million lower than the comparable prior year period due primarily to a decline in its offload business. We received distributions of $61.6 million from our unconsolidated affiliates during the nine months ended February 28, 2018. For additional information regarding our unconsolidated affiliates, refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE B – Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 

   

Income tax expense decreased $41.5 million from the comparable period in the prior year due to (i) the impact of discrete items and a lower statutory income tax rate resulting from the TCJA enacted into federal law on December 22, 2017, (ii) lower earnings before income taxes, and (iii) a decrease in the favorable impact of other discrete items. Significant discrete items in the nine months ended February 28, 2018 associated with the TCJA included a provisional income tax benefit of $41.1 million for the re-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities and a provisional income tax expense of $6.8 million for the one-time mandatory deemed repatriation tax. The TCJA lowered the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. Due to the Company’s fiscal year, the Company’s 2018 U.S. federal blended statutory tax rate is approximately 29.2%. Other discrete items in the nine months ended February 28, 2018 decreased income tax expense by $7.2 million, including a net benefit of $3.8 million related to Amtrol and a $3.2 million benefit associated with share-based payment awards.Discrete items in the prior comparable period reduced income tax expense by $17.5 million. Income tax expense of $7.1 million for the nine months ended February 28, 2018 was calculated using an estimated annual effective rate of 10.3% versus 27.2% in the prior year comparable period. Refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements –Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE K – Income Taxes” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for more information on our tax rates.

 

34


Table of Contents

Segment Operations

Steel Processing

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Steel Processing operating segment for the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended February 28,  
            % of            % of     Increase/  
(Dollars in millions)    2018      Net sales     2017      Net sales     (Decrease)  

Net sales

   $ 1,600.0        100.0   $ 1,492.7        100.0   $ 107.3  

Cost of goods sold

     1,403.9        87.7     1,267.8        84.9     136.1  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross margin

     196.1        12.3     224.9        15.1     (28.8

Selling, general and administrative expense

     101.1        6.3     107.1        7.2     (6.0

Restructuring and other expense (income), net

     (10.1      -0.6     1.5        0.1     (11.6
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating income

   $ 105.1        6.6   $ 116.3        7.8   $ (11.2
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Material cost

   $ 1,124.9        $ 976.0        $ 148.9  

Tons shipped (in thousands)

     2,780          2,995          (215

Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales increased $107.3 million over the comparable period in the prior year driven by higher average direct selling prices, which increased net sales by $95.4 million, and higher direct volume, partially offset by lower toll volume due to declines at certain consolidated joint ventures. The mix of direct versus toll tons processed was 57% to 43% compared to 51% to 49% in the comparable period of fiscal 2017.

 

   

Operating income decreased $11.2 million from the comparable period in the prior year due to a lower spread between average selling prices and material costs, down approximately $27.6 million from the prior year when rising steel prices led to significant inventory holding gains. A net gain of $10.6 million related to the sale of the real estate of the Company’s former stainless steel business, PSM, partially offset the overall decline in operating income.

 

35


Table of Contents

Pressure Cylinders

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Pressure Cylinders operating segment for the periods presented:

 

    Nine Months Ended February 28,  
          % of           % of     Increase/  
(Dollars in millions)   2018     Net sales     2017     Net sales     (Decrease)  

Net sales

  $ 866.2       100.0   $ 598.3       100.0   $ 267.9  

Cost of goods sold

    671.9       77.6     452.0       75.5     219.9  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross margin

    194.3       22.4     146.3       24.5     48.0  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    138.3       16.0     107.7       18.0     30.6  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    1.0       0.1     -       0.0     1.0  

Restructuring and other expense

    2.3       0.3     3.1       0.5     (0.8
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

  $ 52.7       6.1   $ 35.5       5.9   $ 17.2  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Material cost

  $ 383.5       $ 243.1       $ 140.4  

Net sales by principal class of products:

         

Consumer products

  $ 346.1       $ 232.6       $ 113.5  

Industrial products

    370.0         242.8         127.2  

Alternative fuels

    77.4         81.9         (4.5

Oil & gas equipment

    72.7         41.0         31.7  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Pressure Cylinders

  $ 866.2       $ 598.3       $ 267.9  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Units shipped by principal class of products:

         

Consumer products

    53,537,812         45,636,187         7,901,625  

Industrial products

    11,821,806         7,057,657         4,764,149  

Alternative fuels

    341,458         370,761         (29,303

Oil & gas equipment

    2,002         1,671         331  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Pressure Cylinders

    65,703,078         53,066,276         12,636,802  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales increased $267.9 million over the comparable period in the prior year. The increase was driven by the contribution from Amtrol, which totaled $191.0 million, and higher volumes across the legacy consumer and industrial products businesses and in the oil & gas equipment business, partially offset by lower volumes in the alternative fuels business. Volume for the legacy consumer and industrial products businesses was aided by significant demand as a result of hurricane relief efforts and a more severe winter in the current year as compared to prior year. Sales activity related to Amtrol is split between the consumer products and industrial products in the table above.

 

   

Operating income increased $17.2 million over the comparable period in the prior year driven by the contribution from Amtrol and improvements in the legacy consumer and industrial products businesses. Improvement in the oil & gas equipment business was largely offset by a decline in the alternative fuels business. Impairment and restructuring charges totaled $3.3 million and consisted of severance expense of $2.3 million related to corporate management and other positions at Amtrol that were eliminated and a $1.0 million impairment charge in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 related to the impairment of vacant land at the oil & gas equipment facility in Bremen, Ohio. Amtrol’s results included $2.6 million of additional expense within cost of goods sold for the write-up of inventory to fair value that was subsequently sold. The acquisition of Amtrol accounted for $27.2 million of the overall increase in SG&A expense over the prior year period.

 

36


Table of Contents

Engineered Cabs

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Engineered Cabs operating segment for the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended February 28,  
(In millions)    2018      % of
Net sales
    2017      % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 89.4        100.0   $ 71.6        100.0   $ 17.8  

Cost of goods sold

     82.6        92.4     66.2        92.5     16.4  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6.8        7.6     5.4        7.5     1.4  

Selling, general and administrative expense

     12.9        14.4     11.2        15.6     1.7  

Restructuring and other expense (income), net

     (0.1      -0.1     1.4        2.0     (1.5
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating loss

   $ (6.0      -6.7   $ (7.2      -10.1   $ 1.2  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Material cost

   $ 42.1        $ 32.2        $ 9.9  

Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales increased $17.8 million over the comparable period in the prior year on higher volume.

 

   

Operating loss was reduced by $1.2 million to $6.0 million. The improvement was due to the favorable impact of higher volumes.

Other

The Other category includes the WEI operating segment, which does not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate disclosure. Certain income and expense items not allocated to our operating segments are also included in the Other category, including costs associated with our captive insurance company. The following table presents a summary of operating results for the Other category for the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended February 28,  
(In millions)    2018      % of
Net sales
    2017      % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 5.6        100.0   $ 6.2        100.0   $ (0.6

Cost of goods sold

     2.9        51.8     1.7        27.4     1.2  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross margin

     2.7        48.2     4.5        72.6     (1.8

Selling, general and administrative expense

     9.7        173.2     6.8        109.7     2.9  

Impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets

     7.3        130.4     -        0.0     7.3  

Restructuring and other expense

     0.4        7.1     -        0.0     0.4  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating loss

   $ (14.7      -262.5   $ (2.3      -37.1   $ (12.4
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net sales and operating highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales decreased $0.6 million from the comparable period in the prior year on lower contributions from WEI.

 

   

Operating loss of $14.7 million in the current period was driven by lower earnings at WEI due to a $7.3 million charge for the impairment of goodwill and certain intangible assets and higher SG&A expense due to an increase in non-allocated corporate costs. For additional information, refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE C – Impairment of Goodwill and Long- Lived Assets.”

 

37


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

During the nine months ended February 28, 2018, we generated $202.6 million of cash from operating activities, invested $55.3 million in property, plant and equipment, spent $285.0 million on acquisitions and paid dividends of $38.8 million on our common shares. Additionally, we paid $159.9 million to repurchase 3,375,000 of our common shares. The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
(in millions)    2018      2017  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 202.6      $ 254.9  

Net cash used by investing activities

     (323.6      (51.2

Net cash used by financing activities

     (9.7      (60.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (130.7      143.1  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     278.1        84.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 147.4      $ 227.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We believe we have access to adequate resources to meet the needs of our existing businesses for normal operating costs, mandatory capital expenditures, debt redemptions, dividend payments, and working capital. These resources include cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by operating activities and unused lines of credit. We also believe that we have adequate access to the financial markets to allow us to be in a position to sell long-term debt or equity securities. However, uncertainty and volatility in the financial markets may impact our ability to access capital and the terms under which we can do so.

Operating Activities

Our business is cyclical and cash flows from operating activities may fluctuate during the year and from year to year due to economic conditions. We rely on cash and short-term borrowings to meet cyclical increases in working capital needs. These needs generally rise during periods of increased economic activity or increasing raw material prices due to higher levels of inventory and accounts receivable. During economic slowdowns, or periods of decreasing raw material costs, working capital needs generally decrease as a result of the reduction of inventories and accounts receivable.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $202.6 million during the nine months ended February 28, 2018 compared to $254.9 million in the comparable period of fiscal 2017. The decrease was driven primarily by lower distributions from unconsolidated joint ventures and changes in working capital.

Investing Activities

Net cash used by investing activities was $323.6 million during the nine months ended February 28, 2018 compared to $51.2 million in the prior year period. The increase from the prior year period was driven primarily by the acquisition of Amtrol on June 2, 2017, which reduced cash by $285.0 million, net of cash acquired. We also made capital expenditures of $55.3 million and received $16.7 million in proceeds from asset sales during the first nine months of fiscal 2018.

Investment activities are largely discretionary, and future investment activities could be reduced significantly, or eliminated, as economic conditions warrant. We assess acquisition opportunities as they arise, and such opportunities may require additional financing. There can be no assurance, however, that any such opportunities will arise, that any such acquisitions will be consummated, or that any needed additional financing will be available on satisfactory terms when required.

 

38


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Net cash used by financing activities was $9.7 million during the nine months ended February 28, 2018 compared to $60.6 million in the comparable prior year period. The decrease from the prior year period was driven primarily by the issuance of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes on July 28, 2017, partially offset by share repurchases. During the first nine months of fiscal 2018, we paid $159.9 million to repurchase 3,375,000 of our common shares.

Long-term debt and short-term borrowings – As of February 28, 2018, we were in compliance with our short-term and long-term financial debt covenants. These debt agreements do not include credit rating triggers or material adverse change provisions. Our credit ratings at February 28, 2018 were unchanged from those reported as of May 31, 2017.

On July 28, 2017, we issued $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes due August 1, 2032. The 2032 Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.300%. The 2032 Notes were sold to the public at 99.901% of the principal amount thereof, to yield 4.309% to maturity. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to repay amounts then outstanding under our multi-year revolving credit facility and amounts then outstanding under our revolving trade accounts receivable securitization facility. Refer to “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE G – Debt and Receivables Securitization” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for more information.

Common shares – The Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.21 per common share for the first, second and third quarters of fiscal 2018 compared to $0.20 per common share for the first, second and third quarters of fiscal 2017. Dividends paid on our common shares totaled $38.8 million and $38.1 million during the nine months ended February 28, 2018 and 2017, respectively. On March 29, 2018, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $0.21 per share payable on June 29, 2018, to shareholders of record on June 15, 2018.

On June 25, 2014, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to 10,000,000 of the Company’s outstanding common shares. A total of 9,328,855 common shares have been repurchased under this authorization, leaving 671,145 common shares available for repurchase. On September 27, 2017, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to an additional 6,828,855 of the Company’s common shares. The total number of common shares available for repurchase at February 28, 2018 is 7,500,000.

The common shares available for repurchase under the authorizations described above, may be purchased from time to time with consideration given to the market price of the common shares, the nature of other investment opportunities, cash flows from operations, general economic conditions and other relevant considerations. Repurchases may be made on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.

Dividend Policy

We currently have no material contractual or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends. Dividends are declared at the discretion of the Board. The Board reviews the dividend quarterly and establishes the dividend rate based upon our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, current and projected cash flows, business prospects, and other relevant factors. While we have paid a dividend every quarter since becoming a public company in 1968, there is no guarantee that payments will continue in the future.

Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments

Our contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments have not changed significantly from those disclosed in “Part II – Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments” of our 2017 Form 10-K, other than the changes in borrowings, as described in “Part I – Item 1. – Financial Statements – NOTE G – Debt and Receivables Securitization” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have guarantees or other off-balance sheet financing arrangements that we believe are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. However,

 

39


Table of Contents

as of February 28, 2018, we were party to an operating lease for an aircraft in which we have guaranteed a residual value at the termination of the lease. The maximum obligation under the terms of this guarantee was approximately $8.6 million at February 28, 2018. Based on current facts and circumstances, we have estimated the likelihood of payment pursuant to this guarantee is not probable and, therefore, no amounts have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, new accounting guidance was issued that replaces most existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The new guidance requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. Subsequently, additional guidance was issued on several areas including guidance intended to improve the operability and understandability of the implementation of principal versus agent considerations and clarifications on the identification of performance obligations and implementation of guidance related to licensing. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The guidance permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We are in the process of evaluating the effect this guidance will have on the presentation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The scoping and diagnostic phases of the implementation have been completed and reviews of the Company’s contracts are largely complete. We anticipate the timing or pattern of revenue recognition to change for certain revenue streams; however, we do not expect the impact of these changes to be material due to the short-term nature of the manufacturing cycle for these revenue streams. The Company will adopt this guidance on June 1, 2018 using the cumulative effect transition method. The Company will continue to monitor any modifications, clarifications, and interpretations by the FASB that may impact the Company’s conclusions.

In February 2016, new accounting guidance was issued that replaces most existing lease accounting guidance under U.S. GAAP. Among other changes, the new guidance requires that leased assets and liabilities be recognized on the balance sheet by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, and the change is to be applied using a modified retrospective approach as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. We are in the process of evaluating the effect this guidance will have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows, and we have not determined the effect of the new guidance on our ongoing financial reporting.

In June 2016, new accounting guidance was issued related to the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments. The new guidance changes the impairment model for most financial assets to require measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are in the process of evaluating the effect this guidance will have on our consolidated financial position and results of operations; however, we do not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on our ongoing financial reporting.

In October 2016, amended accounting guidance was issued that requires the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory to be recognized when the transfer occurs. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years and is to be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this amended guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In November 2016, amended accounting guidance was issued that requires amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this amended guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated cash flows.

In March 2017, amended accounting guidance was issued that requires an employer to report the service cost component of pension and postretirement benefits in the same line as other current employee compensation costs. Additionally, other components of net benefit cost are to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside of income from operations. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years and is to be applied retrospectively for the presentation in the income statement and prospectively on and after the effective date for the capitalization of service cost. We do not expect the adoption of this amended guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

40


Table of Contents

In May 2017, amended accounting guidance was issued to provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require application of modification accounting. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this amended guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In August 2017, amended accounting guidance was issued that modifies hedge accounting by making more hedge strategies eligible for hedge accounting, amending presentation and disclosure requirements, and changing how companies assess effectiveness. The intent is to simplify application of hedge accounting and increase transparency of information about an entity’s risk management activities. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. It is to be applied using a modified retrospective transition approach for cash flow and net investment hedges existing at the date of adoption. The presentation and disclosure guidance is only required prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the effect this guidance will have on our consolidated financial position and results of operations, and have not determined the effect on our ongoing financial reporting.

In February 2018, amended guidance was issued that would allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the TCJA enacted by the U.S. government in December 2017. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. It is to be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the TCJA is recognized.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We continually evaluate our estimates, including those related to our valuation of receivables, intangible assets, accrued liabilities, income and other tax accruals, and contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These results form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily obtained from other sources. Critical accounting policies are defined as those that require our significant judgments and involve uncertainties that could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Although actual results historically have not deviated significantly from those determined using our estimates, our financial position or results of operations could be materially different if we were to report under different conditions or to use different assumptions in the application of such policies. Our critical accounting policies have not significantly changed from those discussed in “Part II – Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies” of our 2017 Form 10-K.

During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2017, an undiscounted cash flow analysis supported the valuation of the long-lived assets of the Company’s cryogenics joint venture in Turkey. There has been no significant change in the operations in Turkey that would suggest a change in the assumptions used in the undiscounted cash flow analysis is necessary. The Company continues to explore alternatives related to this business, which could lead to the need to write down those assets to fair value.

Item 3. – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risks have not changed significantly from those disclosed in “Part II—Item 7A. – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” of our 2017 Form 10-K.

Item 4. – Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures [as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)] that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

41


Table of Contents

Management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (the quarterly period ended February 28, 2018). Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer have concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes that occurred during the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (the quarterly period ended February 28, 2018) in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. – Legal Proceedings

Various legal actions, which generally have arisen in the ordinary course of business, are pending against the Company. None of this pending litigation, individually or collectively, is expected to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 1A. – Risk Factors

There are certain risks and uncertainties in our business that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. In “PART I – Item 1A. – Risk Factors” of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Worthington Industries, Inc. for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2017 (the “2017 Form 10-K”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 24, 2017, and available at www.sec.gov or at www.worthingtonindustries.com, we included a detailed discussion of our risk factors. Other than as noted below, our risk factors have not changed significantly from those disclosed in our 2017 Form 10-K. These risk factors should be read carefully in connection with evaluating our business and in connection with the forward-looking statements and other information contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Any of the risks described in our 2017 Form 10-K could materially affect our business, consolidated financial condition or future results and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made. The risk factors described in our 2017 Form 10-K are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem to be immaterial, also may materially adversely affect our business, consolidated financial condition and/or future results.

Risks related actions on trade by the U.S. and foreign governments. The U.S. government has indicated its intent to alter its approach to international trade policy and in some cases to renegotiate, or potentially terminate, certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements and treaties with foreign countries, including the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”). In addition, the U.S. government has initiated or is considering imposing tariffs on certain foreign goods, including steel. Related to this action, certain foreign governments, including China, have instituted or are considering imposing tariffs on certain U.S. goods. It remains unclear what the U.S. Administration or foreign governments will or will not do with respect to tariffs, NAFTA or other international trade agreements and policies. A trade war or other governmental action related to tariffs or international trade agreements or policies has the potential to adversely impact demand for our products, our costs, customers, suppliers and/or the U.S. economy or certain sectors thereof and, thus, to adversely impact our businesses.

 

42


Table of Contents

Item 2. – Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table provides information about purchases made by, or on behalf of, Worthington Industries, Inc. or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a) (3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of common shares of Worthington Industries, Inc. during each month of the quarterly period ended February 28, 2018:

 

                   Total Number of         
                   Common Shares         
                   Purchased as      Maximum Number of  
     Total Number      Average Price      Part of Publicly      Common Shares that  
     of Common      Paid per      Announced      May Yet Be  
     Shares      Common      Plans or      Purchased Under the  

Period

   Purchased      Share      Programs      Plans or Programs (1)  

December 1-31, 2017

     -      $ -        -        8,500,000  

January 1-31, 2018

     750,000      $ 48.04        750,000        7,750,000  

February 1-28, 2018

     250,000      $ 45.55        250,000        7,500,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     1,000,000      $ 47.42        1,000,000     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

The number shown represents, as of the end of each period, the maximum number of common shares that could be purchased under the publicly announced repurchase authorizations then in effect. On June 26, 2014, Worthington Industries, Inc. announced that on June 25, 2014, the Board of Directors of Worthington Industries, Inc. had authorized the repurchase of up to 10,000,000 of the outstanding common shares of Worthington Industries, Inc. A total of 9,328,855 common shares have been repurchased under this authorization, leaving 671,145 common shares available for repurchase. On September 27, 2017, the Board of Directors of Worthington Industries, Inc. authorized the repurchase of up to an additional 6,828,855 of the outstanding common shares of Worthington Industries, Inc.. The total number of common shares available for repurchase at February 28, 2018 is 7,500,000.

The common shares available for repurchase under these authorizations may be purchased from time to time, with consideration given to the market price of the common shares, the nature of other investment opportunities, cash flows from operations, general economic conditions and other appropriate factors. Repurchases may be made on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.

Item 3. – Defaults Upon Senior Securities

Not applicable.

Item 4. – Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5. – Other Information

Not applicable.

 

43


Table of Contents

Item 6. –  Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June  2, 2017, by and among Worthington Steel of Michigan, Inc., Worthington Rhode Island Corporation, New AMTROL Holdings, Inc. and Aqua Stockholder Representative, LLC, as Stockholder Representative (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Worthington Industries, Inc., dated June 6, 2017 and filed with the SEC on the same date (SEC File No. 1-8399))†
3.1    Amended Articles of Incorporation of Worthington Industries, Inc., as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on October  13, 1998 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Worthington Industries, Inc. for the quarterly period ended August 31, 1998 (SEC File No. 0-4016))
3.2    Code of Regulations of Worthington Industries, Inc. (reflecting all amendments through the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q) [This document represents the Code of Regulations of Worthington Industries, Inc. in compiled form incorporating all amendments.] (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Worthington Industries, Inc. for the quarterly period ended August 31, 2000 (SEC File No. 1-8399))
4.1    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July  28, 2017, between Worthington Industries, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Worthington Industries, Inc., dated July 28, 2017 and filed with the SEC on the same date (SEC File No. 1-8399))
4.2    Form of 4.300% Notes due 2032 (included in Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Worthington Industries, Inc., dated July 28, 2017 and filed with the SEC on the same date (SEC File No. 1-8399) and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
4.3    Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February  16, 2018, among Worthington Industries, Inc., as a Borrower; Worthington Industries International S.à r.l., as a Borrower; PNC Bank, National Association, as a Lender, the Swingline Lender, an Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as a Lender and Syndication Agent; Bank of America, N.A.; Branch Banking and Trust Company; U.S. Bank National Association; Wells Fargo Bank, National Association; Fifth Third Bank; The Huntington National Bank; and The Northern Trust Company as Lenders; with Bank of America, N.A., Branch Banking and Trust Company, U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association serving as Co-Documentation Agents; and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and PNC Capital Markets LLC serving as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Worthington Industries, Inc., dated February 22, 2018 and filed with the SEC on the same date (SEC File No. 1-8399))
10.1    Amendment No. 18 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of January  16, 2018, among Worthington Receivables Corporation, as Seller, Worthington Industries, Inc., as Servicer, the members of the various purchaser groups from time to time party to the Receivables Purchase Agreement and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator *
31.1    Rule 13a - 14(a) / 15d - 14(a) Certifications (Principal Executive Officer) *
31.2    Rule 13a - 14(a) / 15d - 14(a) Certifications (Principal Financial Officer) *

 

The Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits referenced in the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of SEC Regulation S-K. Worthington Industries, Inc. hereby undertakes to furnish a copy of any of the omitted Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

44


Table of Contents
32.1    Certifications of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**
32.2    Certifications of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document #
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document #
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document #
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document #
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document #
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document #

 

*

Filed herewith.

 

**

Furnished herewith.

 

#

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Worthington Industries, Inc. are the following documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language):

 

  (i)

Consolidated Balance Sheets at February 28, 2018 and May 31, 2017;

 

  (ii)

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2018 and 2017;

 

  (iii)

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2018 and 2017;

 

  (iv)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2018 and 2017; and

 

  (v)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

45


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

    WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

Date: April 9, 2018

    By:  

/s/ B. Andrew Rose

     

B. Andrew Rose,

     

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     

(On behalf of the Registrant and as Principal

Financial Officer)

 

46

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 18 TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 18 TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of January 16, 2018, is entered into among WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as Seller (the “ Seller ”), WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC., an Ohio corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), THE MEMBERS OF THE VARIOUS PURCHASER GROUPS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY TO THE AGREEMENT (as defined below) (each, a “ Purchaser Group ” and collectively, the “ Purchaser Groups ”), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrator (the “ Administrator ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Seller, the Servicer, each member of each of the Purchaser Groups and the Administrator are parties to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof, the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , concurrently herewith, the Seller, the Servicer, the Purchaser and the Agent are entering into that certain Tenth Amended and Restated Fee Letter (the “ Fee Letter ”), dated as of the date hereof; and

WHEREAS , the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.     Certain Defined Terms . Capitalized terms that are used herein without definition and that are defined in Exhibit I to the Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as therein defined.

2.     Amendments to Agreement . The Agreement is hereby amended to reflect the marked pages of the Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A .

3.     Representations and Warranties . The Seller and the Servicer each hereby represents and warrants to the Administrator and each member of the various Purchaser Groups from time to time party to the Agreement as follows:

(a)     Representations and Warranties . Its representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations or warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date);

(b)     Enforceability . The execution and delivery by each of the Seller and the Servicer of this Amendment, and the performance of each of its obligations under this Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are within each of its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on each of its parts. This Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are each of the Seller’s and the Servicer’s valid and legally binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and


(c)     No Default . Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, no Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event exists or shall exist.

(d)     Borrowing Base . Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, the Sale Agreement Amendment and the Assignment Agreements, the Aggregate Investment plus the Total Reserves on the date hereof will not exceed the Net Receivables Pool Balance on the date hereof.

4.     Effect of Amendment . All provisions of the Agreement, including as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified. After this Amendment becomes effective, all references in the Agreement (or in any other Transaction Document) to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of similar effect referring to the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be deemed, either expressly or impliedly, to waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Agreement other than as set forth herein.

5.     Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon (a) receipt by the Administrator of counterparts of: (i) this Amendment, (ii) the Fee Letter, and (iii) such other documents, instruments and agreements reasonably requested by the Administrator prior to the date hereof and (b) payment of the “Structuring Fee” (under and as defined in the Fee Letter) in accordance with the terms of the Fee Letter.

6.     Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

7.     Severability . Each provision of this Amendment shall be severable from every other provision of this Amendment for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any provision hereof, and the unenforceability of one or more provisions of this Amendment in one jurisdiction shall not have the effect of rendering such provision or provisions unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.

8.     Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York (without regard to any otherwise applicable principles of conflicts of law other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law).

9.     Section Headings . The various headings of this Amendment are included for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment, the Agreement or any provision hereof or thereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION ,

as Seller

By:

 

/s/ Marcus Rogier                            

 

Name: Marcus Rogier

 

Title:   Treasurer

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC. ,

as Servicer

By:

 

/s/ Marcus Rogier                            

 

Name: Marcus Rogier

 

Title:   Treasurer

 

   S-1   

Amendment No. 18 to Receivables

Purchase Agreement (Worthington)

 


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,

as Administrator

By:

 

/s/ Michael Brown

 

Name:

 

Michael Brown

 

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,

as a Purchaser Agent and a Related Committed Purchaser

By:

 

/s/ Michael Brown

 

Name:

 

Michael Brown

 

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

 

   S-2   

Amendment No. 18 to Receivables

Purchase Agreement (Worthington)

 


Exhibit A

[Attached]

 

   Exhibit A   

Amendment No. 18 to Receivables

Purchase Agreement (Worthington)

 


Exhibit A to Amendment No. 18 dated January 16, 2018

 

 

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

dated as of November 30, 2000

among

WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,

as Servicer

THE MEMBERS OF VARIOUS PURCHASER GROUPS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

and

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrator

 

 


This RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 30, 2000, among WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as seller (the “ Seller ”), WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ Worthington ”), as initial servicer (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Servicer ”), PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ PNC ”), as agent for PNC, and as Administrator for each Purchaser Group (in such capacity, the “ Administrator ”), and each of the other members of each Purchaser Group party hereto or that become parties hereto by executing an Assumption Agreement or a Transfer Supplement.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS. Certain terms that are capitalized and used throughout this Agreement are defined in Exhibit I . References in the Exhibits hereto to the “Agreement” refer to this Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

The Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign an undivided variable percentage interest in a pool of receivables, and the Purchasers desire to acquire such undivided variable percentage interest, as such percentage interest shall be adjusted from time to time based upon, in part, reinvestment payments that are made by such Purchasers.

In consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE PURCHASES

Section 1.1.     Purchase Facility .

(a)    On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, the Seller may, from time to time before the Facility Termination Date, request that the Conduit Purchasers, or, only if a Conduit Purchaser denies such request or is unable to fund (and provides notice of such denial or inability to the Seller, the Administrator and its Purchaser Agent), ratably request that the Related Committed Purchasers, make purchases of and reinvestments in undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to the Purchased Interest from the Seller from time to time from the date hereof to the Facility Termination Date. Subject to Section  1.4(b) , concerning reinvestments, at no time will a Conduit Purchaser have any obligation to make a purchase. Each Related Committed Purchaser severally hereby agrees, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to make Purchases before the Facility Termination Date, based on the applicable Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of each purchase requested pursuant to Section  1.2(a) (each a “ Purchase ”) (and, in the case of each Related Committed Purchaser, its Commitment Percentage of its Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of such Purchase) to the extent its Investment would not thereby exceed its Commitment and the Aggregate Investment would not (after giving effect to all Purchases on such date) exceed the Purchase Limit.

(b)    The Seller may, upon at least 60 days’ written notice to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent terminate the purchase facility provided for in this Section in whole or, upon 30 days’ written notice to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent,


from time to time, irrevocably reduce in part the unfunded portion of the Purchase Limit (but not below the amount which would cause the Group Investment of any Purchaser Group to exceed its Group Commitment (after giving effect to such reduction)); provided that each partial reduction shall be in the amount of at least $3,000,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and unless terminated in whole, the Purchase Limit shall in no event be reduced below $50,000,000. Such reduction shall at the option of the Seller be applied either (i) ratably to reduce the Group Commitment of each Purchaser Group or (ii) to terminate the Group Commitment of any one Purchaser Group.

(c)    Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges and agrees that from and after the Fifteenth Amendment Effective Date, the Purchaser Group that includes PNC, as a Purchaser Agent and as a Purchaser, shall not include a Conduit Purchaser, and each request by the Seller for ratable Purchases by the Conduit Purchasers pursuant to Section  1.1(a) shall be deemed to be a request that the Related Committed Purchasers in PNC’s Purchaser Group make their ratable share of such Purchases.

Section 1.2.     Making Purchases .

(a)    Each purchase (but not reinvestment) of undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to the Purchased Interest hereunder shall be made upon the Seller’s irrevocable written notice in the form of Annex B delivered to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent in accordance with Section  6.2 (which notice must be received by the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent before 11:00 a.m., New York City time) at least three Business Days before the requested Purchase Date, which notice shall specify: (A) the amount requested to be paid to the Seller (such amount, which shall not be less than $1,000,000 or such lesser amount as may be consented to by the Administrator, with respect to each Purchaser Group, being the aggregate of the Investments of each Purchaser within such Purchaser Group, relating to the undivided percentage ownership interest then being purchased), (B) the date of such purchase (which shall be a Business Day), and (C) a pro forma calculation of the Purchased Interest after giving effect to the increase in the Aggregate Investment. If the Purchase is requested from a Conduit Purchaser and such Conduit Purchaser determines, in its sole discretion, to make the requested Purchase, such Conduit Purchaser shall transfer to the account of the Seller described in Section  1.2(b) , below (the “ Disbursement Account ”), an amount equal to such Conduit Purchaser’s Purchaser Group Ratable Share of such Purchase on the requested Purchase Date. If the Purchase is requested from the Related Committed Purchasers for a Purchaser Group (in the case where the related Conduit Purchaser determined not to or was unable to make such Purchase), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Related Committed Purchasers for a Purchaser Group shall use its reasonable best efforts to transfer the applicable Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of each Purchase (and, in the case of each Related Committed Purchaser, its Commitment Percentage of its Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of such Purchase) into the Disbursement Account by no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Purchase Date.

(b)    On the date of each Purchase, each Purchaser (or the related Purchaser Agent on its behalf), shall make available to the Seller in same day funds, at the account from time to time specified in writing by the Seller to each Purchaser, an amount equal to the proceeds of such Purchase.

 

2


(c)    Effective on the date of each Purchase pursuant to this Section  1.2 and each reinvestment pursuant to Section  1.4 , the Seller hereby sells and assigns to the Administrator for the benefit of the Purchasers (ratably, according to each such Purchaser’s Investment) an undivided percentage ownership interest in: (i) each Pool Receivable then existing, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, and (iii) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, such Pool Receivables and Related Security.

(d)    To secure all of the Seller’s obligations (monetary or otherwise) under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, whether now or hereafter existing or arising, due or to become due, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, the Seller hereby grants to the Administrator, for the benefit of the Purchasers, a security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest (including any undivided interest of the Seller) in, to and under all of the following, whether now or hereafter owned, existing or arising: (i) all Pool Receivables, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iii) all Collections with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iv) the Lock-Box Accounts and all amounts on deposit therein, and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time evidencing such Lock-Box Accounts and amounts on deposit therein, (v) all books and records of each Receivable, and all Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party, together with all rights (but none of the obligations) of the Seller thereunder and (vi) all proceeds and products of, and all amounts received or receivable under any or all of, the foregoing (collectively, the “ Pool Assets ”). The Administrator, for the benefit of the Purchasers, shall have, with respect to the Pool Assets, and in addition to all the other rights and remedies available to the Administrator and the Purchasers, all the rights and remedies of a secured party under any applicable UCC.

(e)    The Seller may, with the written consent of the Administrator and each Purchaser, add additional Persons as Purchasers (either to an existing Purchaser Group or by creating new Purchaser Groups) or cause an existing Purchaser to increase its Commitment in connection with a corresponding increase in the Purchase Limit; provided , however , that the Commitment of any Purchaser may only be increased with the consent of such Purchaser. Each new Purchaser (or Purchaser Group) and each Purchaser increasing its Commitment shall become a party hereto or increase its Commitment, as the case may be, by executing and delivering to the Administrator and the Seller an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex C hereto (which Assumption Agreement shall, in the case of any new Purchaser or Purchasers be executed by each Person in such new Purchaser’s Purchaser Group).

(f)    Each Related Committed Purchaser’s obligation hereunder shall be several, such that the failure of any Related Committed Purchaser to make a payment in connection with any purchase hereunder shall not relieve any other Related Committed Purchaser of its obligation hereunder to make payment for any Purchase. Further, in the event any Related Committed Purchaser fails to satisfy its obligation to make a purchase

 

3


as required hereunder, upon receipt of notice of such failure from the Administrator (or any relevant Purchaser Agent), subject to the limitations set forth herein, the non-defaulting Related Committed Purchasers in such defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Purchaser Group shall purchase the defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment Percentage of the related Purchase pro rata in proportion to their relative Commitment Percentages (determined without regard to the Commitment Percentage of the defaulting Related Committed Purchaser; it being understood that a defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment Percentage of any Purchase shall be first put to the Related Committed Purchasers in such defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Purchaser Group and thereafter if there are no other Related Committed Purchasers in such Purchaser Group or if such other Related Committed Purchasers are also defaulting Related Committed Purchasers, then such defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment Percentage of such Purchase shall be put to each other Purchaser Group ratably and applied in accordance with this paragraph (f)). Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (f) to the contrary, no Related Committed Purchaser shall be required to make a Purchase pursuant to this paragraph for an amount which would cause (i) the aggregate Investment of such Related Committed Purchaser (after giving effect to such Purchase) to exceed its Commitment or (ii) the sum of the aggregate Investments of all Purchasers in the Purchaser Group of such Related Committed Purchaser (after giving effect to such Purchase) to exceed the sum of the Commitments of all of the Purchasers in such Purchaser Group.

Section 1.3.     Purchased Interest Computation . The Purchased Interest shall be initially computed on the date of the initial Purchase hereunder. Thereafter, until the Facility Termination Date, such Purchased Interest shall be automatically recomputed (or deemed to be recomputed) on each Business Day other than a Termination Day. From and after the occurrence of any Termination Day, the Purchased Interest shall (until the event(s) giving rise to such Termination Day are satisfied or are waived by the Administrator and a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) be deemed to be 100%. The Purchased Interest shall become zero when the Aggregate Investment thereof and Aggregate Discount thereon shall have been paid in full, all the amounts owed by the Seller and the Servicer hereunder to each Purchaser, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person are paid in full, and the Servicer shall have received the accrued Servicing Fee thereon.

Section 1.4.     Settlement Procedures .

(a)    The collection of the Pool Receivables shall be administered by the Servicer in accordance with this Agreement. The Seller shall provide to the Servicer on a timely basis all information needed for such administration, including notice of the occurrence of any Termination Day and current computations of the Purchased Interest.

(b)    The Servicer shall, on each day on which Collections of Pool Receivables are received (or deemed received) by the Seller or the Servicer:

(i)    set aside and hold in trust (and shall, at the request of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers), segregate in a separate account approved by the Administrator if, at the time of

 

4


such request, there exists an Unmatured Termination Event or a Termination Event or if the failure to so segregate reasonably could be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect) for the benefit of each Purchaser Group, out of the Purchasers’ Share of such Collections, first, an amount equal to the Aggregate Discount accrued through such day for each Portion of Investment and not previously set aside, second, an amount equal to the fees set forth in each Purchaser Group Fee Letter accrued and unpaid through such day, and third, to the extent funds are available therefor, an amount equal to the aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of the Purchasers’ Share of the Servicing Fee accrued through such day and not previously set aside,

(ii)    subject to Section  1.4(f) , if such day is not a Termination Day, remit to the Seller, ratably, on behalf of each Purchaser Group, the remainder of the Purchasers’ Share of such Collections. Such remainder shall, to the extent representing a return on the Aggregate Investment, ratably, according to each Purchaser’s Investment, be automatically reinvested in Pool Receivables, and in the Related Security, Collections and other proceeds with respect thereto; provided , however , that if the Purchased Interest would exceed 100%, then the Servicer shall not reinvest, but shall set aside and hold in trust for the benefit of the Purchasers (and shall, at the request of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers), segregate in a separate account approved by the Administrator if, at the time of such request, there exists an Unmatured Termination Event or a Termination Event or if the failure to so segregate reasonably could be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect) a portion of such Collections that, together with the other Collections set aside pursuant to this paragraph, shall equal the amount necessary to reduce the Purchased Interest to 100%,

(iii)    if such day is a Termination Day, set aside, segregate and hold in trust (and shall, at the request of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers), segregate in a separate account approved by the Administrator) for the benefit of each Purchaser Group the entire remainder of the Purchasers’ Share of the Collections; provided, that if amounts are set aside and held in trust on any Termination Day of the type described in clause (a) of the definition of “Termination Day” and, thereafter, the conditions set forth in Section  2 of Exhibit II are satisfied or waived by the Administrator and a Simple Majority of the Purchasers, such previously set-aside amounts shall, to the extent representing a return on Aggregate Investment and ratably in accordance with each Purchaser’s Investment, be reinvested in accordance with clause (ii)  on the day of such subsequent satisfaction or waiver of conditions, and

(iv)    release to the Seller (subject to Section  1.4(f) ) for its own account any Collections in excess of: (x) amounts required to be reinvested in accordance with clause (ii)  or the proviso to clause (iii)  plus (y) the amounts that are required to be set aside pursuant to clause (i) , the proviso to clause (ii)  and clause (iii)  plus (z) the Seller’s Share of the Servicing Fee accrued and unpaid through such day and all reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Servicer for servicing, collecting and administering the Pool Receivables.

 

5


(c)    The Servicer shall, in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section  1.4(d) , below, deposit into each applicable Purchaser’s account (or such other account designated by such applicable Purchaser or its Purchaser Agent), on each Settlement Date, Collections held for each Purchaser with respect to such Purchaser’s Portion(s) of Investment pursuant to clause (b)(i) or (f)  plus the amount of Collections then held for such Purchaser pursuant to clauses (b)(ii) and (iii)  of Section  1.4 ; provided , that if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is the Servicer, such day is not a Termination Day and the Administrator has not notified Worthington (or such Affiliate) that such right is revoked, (or such Affiliate) Worthington may retain the portion of the Collections set aside pursuant to clause (b)(i) that represents the aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of the Purchasers’ Share of the Servicing Fee. On or before the last day of each Yield Period with respect to any Portion of Investment, the applicable Purchaser Agent will notify the Servicer by facsimile of the amount of the Discount accrued with respect to each such Portion of Investment during the related Yield Period then ending.

(d)    The Servicer shall distribute the amounts described (and at the times set forth) in Section  1.4(c) , as follows:

(i)    if such distribution occurs on a day that is not a Termination Day and the Purchased Interest does not exceed 100%, first to each Purchaser Agent ratably according to the Discount accrued during such Yield Period (for the benefit of the relevant Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group) in payment in full of all accrued Discount and fees (other than Servicing Fees) with respect to each Portion of Investment maintained by such Purchasers; it being understood that each Purchaser Agent shall distribute such amounts to the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group ratably according to Discount, and second, if the Servicer has set aside amounts in respect of the Servicing Fee pursuant to clause (b)(i) and has not retained such amounts pursuant to clause (c) , to the Servicer’s own account (payable in arrears on each Settlement Date) in payment in full of the aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of the Purchasers’ Share of accrued Servicing Fees so set aside, and

(ii)    if such distribution occurs on a Termination Day or on a day when the Purchased Interest exceeds 100%, first if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is not the Servicer, to the Servicer’s own account in payment in full of all accrued Servicing Fees, second to each Purchaser Agent ratably according to Discount (for the benefit of the relevant Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group) in payment in full of all accrued Discount with respect to each Portion of Investment funded or maintained by the Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group, third to each Purchaser Agent ratably according to the aggregate of the Investment of each Purchaser in each such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group (for the benefit of the relevant Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group) in payment in full of each Purchaser’s Investment (or, if such day is not a Termination Day, the amount

 

6


necessary to reduce the Purchased Interest to 100%); it being understood that each Purchaser Agent shall distribute the amounts described in the first and second clauses of this Section  1.4(d)(ii) to the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group ratably according to Discount and Investment, respectively, fourth , if the Aggregate Investment and accrued Aggregate Discount with respect to each Portion of Investment for all Purchaser Groups have been reduced to zero, and all accrued Servicing Fees payable to the Servicer (if other than Worthington or an Affiliate thereof) have been paid in full, to each Purchaser Group ratably (for the benefit of the Purchasers within such Purchaser Group) in accordance with its Ratable Share, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person in payment in full of any other amounts owed thereto by the Seller or Servicer hereunder and, fifth , to the Servicer’s own account (if the Servicer is Worthington or an Affiliate thereof) in payment in full of the Aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of all accrued Servicing Fees.

After the Aggregate Investment, Aggregate Discount, fees payable pursuant to each Purchaser Group Fee Letter and Servicing Fees with respect to the Purchased Interest, and any other amounts payable by the Seller and the Servicer to each Purchaser Group, the Administrator or any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person hereunder, have been paid in full, all additional Collections with respect to the Purchased Interest shall be paid to the Seller for its own account.

(e)    For the purposes of this Section  1.4 :

(i)    if on any day the Outstanding Balance of any Pool Receivable is reduced or adjusted as a result of any defective, rejected, returned, repossessed or foreclosed goods or services, or any revision, cancellation, allowance, discount or other adjustment made by the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller, or the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer, or any setoff or dispute between the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller, or the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer and an Obligor, the Seller shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in the amount of such reduction or adjustment;

(ii)    if on any day any of the representations or warranties in Section  1(g) or (n)  of Exhibit III is not true with respect to any Pool Receivable, the Seller shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in full;

(iii)    except as provided in clause (i)  or (ii) , or as otherwise required by applicable law or the relevant Contract, all Collections received from an Obligor of any Receivable shall be applied to the Receivables of such Obligor in the order of the age of such Receivables, starting with the oldest such Receivable, unless such Obligor designates in writing its payment for application to specific Receivables; and

(iv)    if and to the extent the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser shall be required for any reason to pay over to an Obligor (or any trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official in any Insolvency Proceeding) any

 

7


amount received by it hereunder, such amount shall be deemed not to have been so received by such Person but rather to have been retained by the Seller and, accordingly, such Person shall have a claim against the Seller for such amount, payable when and to the extent that any distribution from or on behalf of such Obligor is made in respect thereof.

(f)    If at any time the Seller shall wish to cause the reduction of Aggregate Investment (but not to commence the liquidation, or reduction to zero, of the entire Aggregate Investment), the Seller may do so as follows:

(i)    the Seller shall give the Administrator, each Purchaser Agent and the Servicer (A) at least two Business Days’ prior written notice thereof for any reduction of Aggregate Investment less than or equal to $10,000,000 and (B) at least ten Business Days’ prior written notice thereof for any reduction of Aggregate Investment greater than $10,000,000 (in each case such notice shall include the amount of such proposed reduction and the proposed date on which such reduction will commence);

(ii)    on the proposed date of commencement of such reduction and on each day thereafter, the Servicer shall cause Collections not to be reinvested until the amount thereof not so reinvested shall equal the desired amount of reduction; and

(iii)    the Servicer shall hold such Collections in trust for the benefit of each Purchaser ratably according to its Investment, for payment to each such Purchaser (or its related Purchaser Agent for the benefit of such Purchaser) on the (i) next Settlement Date with respect to any Portions of Investment maintained by such Purchaser immediately following the related current Yield Period or (ii) such other date approved by the Administrator with at least five Business Days prior written notice to the Administrator of such payment, and the Aggregate Investment (together with the Investment of any related Purchaser) shall be deemed reduced in the amount to be paid to such Purchaser (or its related Purchaser Agent for the benefit of such Purchaser) only when in fact finally so paid;

provided , that:

(A)    the amount of any such reduction shall be not less than $1,000,000 for each Purchaser Group and shall be an integral multiple of $500,000, and the entire Aggregate Investment after giving effect to such reduction shall be not less than $50,000,000 and shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (unless the Aggregate Investment shall have been reduced to zero); and

(B)    with respect to any Portion of Investment, the Seller shall choose a reduction amount, and the date of commencement thereof, so that to the extent practicable such reduction shall commence and conclude in the same Yield Period.

 

8


Section 1.5.     Fees . The Seller shall pay to each Purchaser Agent for the benefit of the related Purchasers certain fees in the amounts and on the dates set forth in letters, dated the date hereof, each such letter (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, a “ Purchaser Group Fee Letter ”) in each case among the Seller, the Servicer, the Administrator and the related Purchaser Agent.

Section 1.6.     Payments and Computations, Etc .

(a)    All amounts to be paid or deposited by the Seller or the Servicer hereunder shall be made without reduction for offset or counterclaim and shall be paid or deposited no later than noon (New York City time) on the day when due in same day funds to the applicable Purchaser’s account (as such account is identified in the related Purchaser Group Fee Letter). All amounts received after noon (New York City time) will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day.

(b)    The Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall, to the extent permitted by law, pay interest on any amount not paid or deposited by the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, when due hereunder, at an interest rate equal to the Base Rate, payable on demand.

(c)    All computations of interest under clause (b)  and all computations of Discount, fees and other amounts hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 (or 365 or 366, as applicable, with respect to Discount or other amounts calculated by reference to the Base Rate) days for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment or deposit to be made hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment or deposit shall be made on the next Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of such payment or deposit.

(d)    Each Affected Person will notify Seller and the applicable Purchaser Agent promptly after it has received official notice of any event which will entitle such Affected Person to such additional amounts as compensation pursuant to this Section  1.7 . Such additional amounts shall accrue from the date as to which such Affected Person becomes subject to such additional costs as a result of such event (or if such notice of such event is not given to Seller by such Affected Person within 90 days after such Affected Person received such official notice of such event, from the date which is 90 days prior to the date such notice is given to Seller by such Affected Person).

Section 1.7.     Increased Costs .

(a)    If any Purchaser Agent, Purchaser, Liquidity Provider, the Administrator or any other Program Support Provider or any of their respective Affiliates (each an “ Affected Person ”) reasonably determines that the existence of or compliance with: (i) any law or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, in each case adopted, issued or occurring after the date hereof, or (ii) any request, guideline or directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) issued or occurring after the date of this Agreement, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such

 

9


Affected Person, and such Affected Person determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any commitment to make purchases of (or otherwise to maintain the investment in) Pool Receivables related to this Agreement or any related liquidity facility, credit enhancement facility or other commitments of the same type, then, upon demand by such Affected Person (with a copy to the Administrator), the Seller shall promptly pay to the Administrator, for the account of such Affected Person, from time to time as specified by such Affected Person, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Affected Person reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of any of such commitments. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Seller and the Administrator by such Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(b)    If, due to either: (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Affected Person of agreeing to purchase or purchasing, or maintaining the ownership of, the Purchased Interest or any portion thereof in respect of which Discount is computed by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR, then, upon demand by such Affected Person, the Seller shall promptly pay to such Affected Person, from time to time as specified by such Affected Person, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person for such increased costs. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Seller and the Administrator by such Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(c)    If such increased costs affect the related Affected Person’s portfolio of financing transactions, such Affected Person shall use reasonable averaging and attribution methods to allocate such increased costs to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 1.8.     Requirements of Law .

If any Affected Person reasonably determines that the existence of or compliance with: (a) any law or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, in each case adopted, issued or occurring after the date hereof, or (b) any request, guideline or directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) issued or occurring after the date of this Agreement:

(i)    does or shall subject such Affected Person to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any increase in the Purchased Interest or any portion thereof or in the amount of such Person’s Investment relating thereto, or does or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to such Affected Person on account of Collections, Discount or any other amounts payable hereunder (excluding taxes imposed on the overall pre-tax net income of such Affected Person, and franchise taxes imposed on such Affected Person, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Affected Person is organized or a political subdivision thereof),

 

10


(ii)    does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, purchases, advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Affected Person that are not otherwise included in the determination of the Euro-Rate or LMIR or the Base Rate hereunder, or

(iii)    does or shall impose on such Affected Person any other condition,

and the result of any of the foregoing is: (A) to increase the cost to such Affected Person of acting as Administrator or as a Purchaser Agent, or of agreeing to purchase or purchasing or maintaining the ownership of undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to the Purchased Interest (or interests therein) or any Portion of Investment, or (B) to reduce any amount receivable hereunder (whether directly or indirectly), then, in any such case, upon demand by such Affected Person, the Seller shall promptly pay to such Affected Person additional amounts necessary to compensate such Affected Person for such additional cost or reduced amount receivable. All such amounts shall be payable as incurred. A certificate from such Affected Person to the Seller and the Administrator certifying, in reasonably specific detail, the basis for, calculation of, and amount of such additional costs or reduced amount receivable shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error; provided , however , that no Affected Person shall be required to disclose any confidential or tax planning information in any such certificate.

Section 1.9.     Inability to Determine Euro-Rate or LMIR . (a) If the Administrator (or any Purchaser Agent) determines before the first day of any Yield Period (or solely with respect to LMIR, on any day) (which determination shall be final and conclusive) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank eurodollar market generally, deposits in dollars (in the relevant amounts for such Yield Period) are not being offered to banks in the interbank eurodollar market for such Yield Period, or adequate means do not exist for ascertaining the Euro-Rate or LMIR for such Yield Period, then the Administrator shall give written notice thereof to the Seller. Thereafter, until the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent notifies the Seller that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, (a) no Portion of Investment shall be funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR and (b) the Discount for any outstanding Portions of Investment then funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR shall, on the last day of the then current Yield Period (or solely with respect to LMIR, immediately), be converted to the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

(b)    If, on or before the first day of any Yield Period (or solely with respect to LMIR, on any day), the Administrator shall have been notified by any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent or Liquidity Provider that, such Person has determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive) that, any enactment, promulgation or adoption of or any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by a governmental authority, central bank or

 

11


comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by such Person with any guideline, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for such Person to fund or maintain any Portion of Investment at the Yield Rate and based upon the Euro-Rate or LMIR, the Administrator shall notify the Seller thereof in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, until the Administrator notifies the Seller that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer apply, (a) no Portion of Investment shall be funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR and (b) the Discount for any outstanding Portions of Investment then funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR shall be converted to the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Base Rate either (i) on the last day of the then current Yield Period (or solely with respect to LMIR, immediately) if such Person may lawfully continue to maintain such Portion of Investment at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR to such day, or (ii) immediately, if such Person may not lawfully continue to maintain such Portion of Investment at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate or LMIR to such day.

Section 1.10.     [Reserved] .

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS;

TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 2.1.     Representations and Warranties; Covenants . Each of the Seller, Worthington and the Servicer hereby makes the representations and warranties, and hereby agrees to perform and observe the covenants, applicable to it set forth in Exhibits III and IV , respectively.

Section 2.2.     Termination Events . If any of the Termination Events set forth in Exhibit V shall occur, the Administrator may (with the consent of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) or shall (at the direction of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers), by notice to the Seller, declare the Facility Termination Date to have occurred (in which case the Facility Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred); provided , that automatically upon the occurrence of any event (without any requirement for the passage of time or the giving of notice) described in paragraph (f)  of Exhibit V , the Facility Termination Date shall occur. Upon any such declaration, occurrence or deemed occurrence of the Facility Termination Date, the Administrator, each Purchaser Agent and each Purchaser shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies that they may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided after default under the New York UCC and under other applicable law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative.

ARTICLE III

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.1.     Indemnities by the Seller . Without limiting any other rights that the any Purchaser Agent, Purchaser, Liquidity Provider, the Administrator or any Program Support

 

12


Provider or any of their respective Affiliates, employees, officers, directors, agents, counsel, successors, transferees or assigns (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Seller hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party from and against any and all claims, damages, expenses, costs, losses and liabilities (including Attorney Costs) (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “ Indemnified Amounts ”) arising out of or resulting from this Agreement (whether directly or indirectly), the use of proceeds of purchases or reinvestments, the ownership of the Purchased Interest, or any interest therein, or in respect of any Receivable, Related Security or Contract, excluding, however: (a) Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party or its officers, directors, agents or counsel, (b) recourse with respect to any Receivable to the extent that such Receivable is uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of credit worthiness of the related Obligor, or (c) any overall net income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on such Indemnified Party by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Indemnified Party is organized or any political subdivision thereof. Without limiting or being limited by the foregoing, and subject to the exclusions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Seller shall pay on demand (which demand shall be accompanied by documentation of the Indemnified Amounts, in reasonable detail) to each Indemnified Party any and all amounts necessary to indemnify such Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from any of the following:

(i)    the failure of any Receivable included in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance as an Eligible Receivable to be an Eligible Receivable, the failure of any information contained in an Information Package to be true and correct, or the failure of any other information provided to such Indemnified Party by the Seller or Servicer with respect to Receivables or this Agreement to be true and correct,

(ii)    the failure of any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Seller (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement to have been true and correct as of the date made or deemed made in all respects when made,

(iii)    the failure by the Seller to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract, or the failure of any Pool Receivable or the related Contract to conform to any such applicable law, rule or regulation,

(iv)    the failure to vest in the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) a valid and enforceable: (A) perfected undivided percentage ownership interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest, in the Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the other Pool Assets, or (B) first priority perfected security interest in the Pool Assets, in each case, free and clear of any Adverse Claim,

(v)    the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the other Pool Assets, whether at the time of any purchase or reinvestment or at any subsequent time,

 

13


(vi)    any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool (including a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the goods or services related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such goods or services or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable,

(vii)    any failure of the Seller, any Affiliate of the Seller or the Servicer to perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof or under the Contracts,

(viii)    any products liability or other claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that are the subject of any Contract,

(ix)    the commingling of Collections at any time with other funds,

(x)    the use of proceeds of purchases or reinvestments, or

(xi)    any reduction in the Aggregate Investment as a result of the distribution of Collections pursuant to Section  1.4(d) , if all or a portion of such distributions shall thereafter be rescinded or otherwise must be returned for any reason.

Section 3.2.     Indemnities by the Servicer . Without limiting any other rights that any Indemnified Party may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts arising out of or resulting from (whether directly or indirectly): (a) the failure of any information contained in an Information Package to be true and correct, or the failure of any other information provided to such Indemnified Party by, or on behalf of, the Servicer to be true and correct, (b) the failure of any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party to have been true and correct as of the date made or deemed made in all respects when made, (c) the failure by the Servicer to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract, (d) any dispute, claim, offset or defense of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool resulting from or related to the collection activities with respect to such Receivable, (e) any failure of the Servicer to perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, (f) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the other Pool Assets, whether at the time of any purchase or reinvestment or at any subsequent time, or (g) any commingling by the Servicer of Collections at any time with other funds.

 

14


ARTICLE IV

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS

Section 4.1.     Appointment of the Servicer .

(a)    The servicing, administering and collection of the Pool Receivables shall be conducted by the Person so designated from time to time as the Servicer in accordance with this Section. Until the Administrator gives notice to Worthington (in accordance with this Section  4.1 ) of the designation of a new Servicer, Worthington is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Administrator may (with the consent of the Majority Purchasers) or shall (at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) designate as Servicer any Person (including itself) to succeed Worthington or any successor Servicer, on the condition in each case that any such Person so designated shall agree to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof.

(b)    Upon the designation of a successor Servicer as set forth in clause (a) , Worthington agrees that it will terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner that the Administrator determines will facilitate the transition of the performance of such activities to the new Servicer, and Worthington shall cooperate with and assist such new Servicer. Such cooperation shall include access to and transfer of related records (including all Contracts) and use by the new Servicer of all licenses, hardware or software necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security.

(c)    Worthington acknowledges that, in making their decision to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Administrator and each Purchaser Group have relied on Worthington’s agreement to act as Servicer hereunder. Accordingly, Worthington agrees that it will not voluntarily resign as Servicer without the consent of the Majority Purchasers.

(d)    The Servicer may delegate its duties and obligations hereunder to any subservicer (each a “ Sub-Servicer ”); provided , that, in each such delegation: (i) such Sub-Servicer shall agree in writing to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof, (ii) the Servicer shall remain primarily liable for the performance of the duties and obligations so delegated, (iii) the Seller, the Administrator and each Purchaser Group shall have the right to look solely to the Servicer for performance, and (iv) the terms of any agreement with any Sub-Servicer shall provide that the Administrator may terminate such agreement upon the termination of the Servicer hereunder by giving notice of its desire to terminate such agreement to the Servicer (and the Servicer shall provide appropriate notice to each such Sub-Servicer); provided , however , that if any such delegation is to any Person other than an Originator or an Affiliate thereof, the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have consented in writing in advance to such delegation.

 

15


Section 4.2.     Duties of the Servicer .

(a)    The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such action as may be necessary or advisable to administer and collect each Pool Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with this Agreement and all applicable laws, rules and regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies. The Servicer shall set aside, for the account of each Purchaser Group, the amount of the Collections to which each such Purchaser Group is entitled in accordance with Article I . The Servicer may, in accordance with the applicable Credit and Collection Policy, extend the maturity of any Pool Receivable (but not beyond 30 days) and extend the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance of any Defaulted Receivable as the Servicer may determine to be appropriate to maximize Collections thereof; provided , however , that: (i) such extension shall not change the number of days such Pool Receivable has remained unpaid from the date of the original due date related to such Pool Receivable, (ii) such extension or adjustment shall not alter the status of such Pool Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable or limit the rights of the Administrator or any Purchaser Group under this Agreement and (iii) if a Termination Event has occurred and Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is serving as the Servicer, Worthington or such Affiliate may make such extension or adjustment only upon the prior approval of the Administrator (with the consent of the Majority Purchasers). The Seller shall deliver to the Servicer and the Servicer shall hold for the benefit of the Seller and the Administrator (individually and for the benefit of each Purchaser Group), in accordance with their respective interests, all records and documents (including computer tapes or disks) with respect to each Pool Receivable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrator may direct the Servicer (whether the Servicer is Worthington or any other Person) to commence or settle any legal action to enforce collection of any Pool Receivable or to foreclose upon or repossess any Related Security; provided , however , that no such direction may be given unless either: (A) a Termination Event has occurred or (B) the Administrator believes in good faith that failure to commence, settle or effect such legal action, foreclosure or repossession could adversely affect Receivables constituting a material portion of the Pool Receivables.

(b)    The Servicer shall, as soon as practicable following actual receipt of collected funds, turn over to the Seller the collections of any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, less, if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is not the Servicer, all reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Servicer of servicing, collecting and administering such collections. The Servicer, if other than Worthington or an Affiliate thereof, shall, as soon as practicable upon demand, deliver to the Seller all records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, and copies of records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is a Pool Receivable.

(c)    The Servicer’s obligations hereunder shall terminate on the later of: (i) the Facility Termination Date and (ii) the date on which all amounts required to be paid to the Purchaser Agents, each Purchaser, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person hereunder shall have been paid in full.

 

16


After such termination, if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof was not the Servicer on the date of such termination, the Servicer shall promptly deliver to the Seller all books, records and related materials that the Seller previously provided to the Servicer, or that have been obtained by the Servicer, in connection with this Agreement.

Section 4.3.     Lock-Box Account Arrangements . Within 30 days from the initial purchase hereunder, the Seller shall have entered into Lock-Box Agreements with all of the Lock-Box Banks and delivered original counterparts of each to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Administrator may (with the consent of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) or shall (upon the direction of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) at any time thereafter give notice to each Lock-Box Bank that the Administrator is exercising its rights under the Lock-Box Agreements to do any or all of the following: (a) to have the exclusive ownership and control of the Lock-Box Accounts transferred to the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) and to exercise exclusive dominion and control over the funds deposited therein, (b) to have the proceeds that are sent to the respective Lock-Box Accounts redirected pursuant to the Administrator’s instructions rather than deposited in the applicable Lock-Box Account, and (c) to take any or all other actions permitted under the applicable Lock-Box Agreement. The Seller hereby agrees that if the Administrator at any time takes any action set forth in the preceding sentence, the Administrator shall have exclusive control (for the benefit of the Purchasers) of the proceeds (including Collections) of all Pool Receivables and the Seller hereby further agrees to take any other action that the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may reasonably request to transfer such control. Any proceeds of Pool Receivables received by the Seller or the Servicer thereafter shall be sent immediately to the Administrator. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that if at any time the Administrator takes control of any Lock-Box Account, the Administrator shall not have any rights to the funds therein in excess of the unpaid amounts due to the Administrator, the Purchaser Groups, any Indemnified Party or any other Person hereunder, and the Administrator shall distribute or cause to be distributed such funds in accordance with Section  4.2(b) and Article I (in each case as if such funds were held by the Servicer thereunder).

Section 4.4.     Enforcement Rights .

(a)    At any time following the occurrence of a Termination Event:

(i)    the Administrator may (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) direct the Obligors that payment of all amounts payable under any Pool Receivable is to be made directly to the Administrator or its designee,

(ii)    the Administrator may (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) instruct the Seller or the Servicer to give notice of the Purchaser Groups’ interest in Pool Receivables to each Obligor, which notice shall direct that payments be made directly to the Administrator or its designee (on behalf of such Purchaser Groups), and the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall give such notice at the expense of the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be; provided , that if the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, fails to so notify each Obligor, the Administrator (at the Seller’s or the Servicer’s, as the case may be, expense) may so notify the Obligors, and

 

17


(iii)    the Administrator may (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) request the Servicer to, and upon such request the Servicer shall: (A) assemble all of the records necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security, and transfer or license to a successor Servicer the use of all software necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security, and make the same available to the Administrator or its designee (for the benefit of the Purchasers) at a place selected by the Administrator, and (B) segregate all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections in a manner acceptable to the Administrator and, promptly upon receipt, remit all such cash, checks and instruments, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer, to the Administrator or its designee.

(b)    The Seller hereby authorizes the Administrator (on behalf of each Purchaser Group), and irrevocably appoints the Administrator as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and with full authority in the place and stead of the Seller, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to take any and all steps in the name of the Seller and on behalf of the Seller necessary or desirable, in the determination of the Administrator, after the occurrence of a Termination Event, to collect any and all amounts or portions thereof due under any and all Pool Assets, including endorsing the name of the Seller on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Pool Assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection, none of the powers conferred upon such attorney-in-fact pursuant to the preceding sentence shall subject such attorney-in-fact to any liability if any action taken by it shall prove to be inadequate or invalid, nor shall they confer any obligations upon such attorney-in-fact in any manner whatsoever.

Section 4.5.     Responsibilities of the Seller .

(a)    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Seller shall: (i) perform all of its obligations, if any, under the Contracts related to the Pool Receivables to the same extent as if interests in such Pool Receivables had not been transferred hereunder, and the exercise by the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents or the Purchasers of their respective rights hereunder shall not relieve the Seller from such obligations, and (ii) pay when due any taxes, including any sales taxes payable in connection with the Pool Receivables and their creation and satisfaction. The Administrator, the Purchaser Agents or any of the Purchasers shall not have any obligation or liability with respect to any Pool Asset, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform any of the obligations of the Seller, Servicer, Worthington or the Originators thereunder.

(b)    Worthington hereby irrevocably agrees that if at any time it shall cease to be the Servicer hereunder, it shall act (if the then-current Servicer so requests) as the data-processing agent of the Servicer and, in such capacity, Worthington shall conduct the data-processing functions of the administration of the Receivables and the Collections thereon in substantially the same way that Worthington conducted such data-processing functions while it acted as the Servicer.

 

18


Section 4.6.     Servicing Fee . (a) Subject to clause (b) , the Servicer shall be paid a fee (the “ Servicing Fee ”) equal to 1.00% per   annum of the daily average aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Pool Receivables. The Aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of such fee shall be paid through the distributions contemplated by Section  1.4(d) , and the Seller’s Share of the Purchasers’ Share of such fee shall be paid by the Seller.

(b)    If the Servicer ceases to be Worthington or an Affiliate thereof, the servicing fee shall be the greater of: (i) the amount calculated pursuant to clause (a) , and (ii) an alternative amount specified by the successor Servicer not to exceed 110% of the aggregate reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such successor Servicer in connection with the performance of its obligations as Servicer.

ARTICLE V

THE AGENTS

Section 5.1.     Appointment and Authorization . (a) Each Purchaser and Purchaser Agent hereby irrevocably designates and appoints PNC as the “Administrator” hereunder and authorizes the Administrator to take such actions and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrator hereby and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrator shall hold, in its name, for the benefit of each Purchaser, ratably, the Purchased Interest. The Administrator shall not have any duties other than those expressly set forth herein or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser or Purchaser Agent, and no implied obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement, or otherwise exist, against the Administrator. The Administrator does not assume, nor shall it be deemed to have assumed, any obligation to, or relationship of trust or agency with, the Seller or Servicer. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to the contrary, in no event shall the Administrator ever be required to take any action which exposes the Administrator to personal liability or which is contrary to the provision of any Transaction Document or applicable law.

(b)    Each Purchaser hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the respective institution identified as the Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser’s Purchaser Group on the signature pages hereto or in the Assumption Agreement or Transfer Supplement pursuant to which such Purchaser becomes a party hereto, and each authorizes such Purchaser Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Purchaser Agent by the terms of this Agreement, if any, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Purchaser Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser or other Purchaser Agent or the Administrator, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of such Purchaser Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against such Purchaser Agent.

 

19


(c)    Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Article V are solely for the benefit of the Purchaser Agents, the Administrator and the Purchasers, and none of the Seller or Servicer shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions of this Article  V , except that this Article V shall not affect any obligations which any Purchaser Agent, the Administrator or any Purchaser may have to the Seller or the Servicer under the other provisions of this Agreement. Furthermore, no Purchaser shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions hereof in respect of a Purchaser Agent which is not the Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser.

(d)    In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrator shall act solely as the agent of the Purchasers and the Purchaser Agents and does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Seller or Servicer or any of their successors and assigns. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Purchaser Agent shall act solely as the agent of its respective Purchaser and does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Seller, the Servicer, any other Purchaser, any other Purchaser Agent or the Administrator, or any of their respective successors and assigns.

Section 5.2.     Delegation of Duties . The Administrator may execute any of its duties through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrator shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

Section 5.3.     Exculpatory Provisions . None of the Purchaser Agents, the Administrator or any of their directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted (i) with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers (or in the case of any Purchaser Agent, the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group that have a majority of the aggregate Commitment of such Purchaser Group) or (ii) in the absence of such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrator shall not be responsible to any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent or other Person for (i) any recitals, representations, warranties or other statements made by the Seller, Servicer, or any of their Affiliates, (ii) the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any Transaction Document, (iii) any failure of the Seller, any Originator or any of their Affiliates to perform any obligation or (iv) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Exhibit  II . The Administrator shall not have any obligation to any Purchaser or Purchaser Agent to ascertain or inquire about the observance or performance of any agreement contained in any Transaction Document or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Seller, Servicer, Originator or any of their Affiliates.

Section 5.4.     Reliance by Agents . (a) Each Purchaser Agent and the Administrator shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or other writing or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Seller), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrator. Each Purchaser Agent and the Administrator shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Transaction Document unless it shall first receive such

 

20


advice or concurrence of the Majority Purchasers (or in the case of any Purchaser Agent, the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group that have a majority of the aggregate Commitment of such Purchaser Group), and assurance of its indemnification, as it deems appropriate.

(b)    The Administrator shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of the Majority Purchasers or the Purchaser Agents, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all Purchasers, the Administrator and Purchaser Agents.

(c)    The Purchasers within each Purchaser Group with a majority of the Commitment of such Purchaser Group shall be entitled to request or direct the related Purchaser Agent to take action, or refrain from taking action, under this Agreement on behalf of such Purchasers. Such Purchaser Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of such majority Purchasers, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of such Purchaser Agent’s Purchasers.

(d)    Unless otherwise advised in writing by a Purchaser Agent or by any Purchaser on whose behalf such Purchaser Agent is purportedly acting, each party to this Agreement may assume that (i) such Purchaser Agent is acting for the benefit of each of the Purchasers in respect of which such Purchaser Agent is identified as being the “Purchaser Agent” in the definition of “Purchaser Agent” hereto, as well as for the benefit of each assignee or other transferee from any such Person, and (ii) each action taken by such Purchaser Agent has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of the Purchasers on whose behalf it is purportedly acting. Each Purchaser Agent and its Purchaser(s) shall agree amongst themselves as to the circumstances and procedures for removal, resignation and replacement of such Purchaser Agent.

Section 5.5.     Notice of Termination Events . Neither any Purchaser Agent nor the Administrator shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event unless such Administrator has received notice from any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent, the Servicer or the Seller stating that a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred hereunder and describing such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event. In the event that the Administrator receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to each Purchaser Agent whereupon each such Purchaser Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to its Purchasers. In the event that a Purchaser Agent receives such a notice (other than from the Administrator), it shall promptly give notice thereof to the Administrator. The Administrator shall take such action concerning a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event as may be directed by the Majority Purchasers unless such action otherwise requires the consent of all Purchasers), but until the Administrator receives such directions, the Administrator may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Administrator deems advisable and in the best interests of the Purchasers and Purchaser Agents.

 

21


Section 5.6.     Non-Reliance on Administrator, Purchaser Agents and Other Purchasers . Each Purchaser expressly acknowledges that none of the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrator, or any Purchaser Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or any Originator, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent, as applicable. Each Purchaser represents and warrants to the Administrator and the Purchaser Agents that, independently and without reliance upon the Administrator, Purchaser Agents or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will continue to make its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or the Originators, and the Receivables and its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to take, or omit, action under any Transaction Document. Except for items specifically required to be delivered hereunder, the Administrator shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Purchaser Agent with any information concerning the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or the Originators or any of their Affiliates that comes into the possession of the Administrator or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

Section 5.7.     Administrators and Affiliates . Each of the Purchasers and the Administrator and their Affiliates may extend credit to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, debt, equity or other business with the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or any Originator or any of their Affiliates and PNC may exercise or refrain from exercising its rights and powers as if it were not the Administrator. With respect to the acquisition of the Eligible Receivables pursuant to this Agreement, each of the Purchaser Agents and the Administrator shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not such an agent, and the terms “Purchaser” and “Purchasers” shall include each of the Purchaser Agents and the Administrator in their individual capacities.

Section 5.8.     Indemnification . Each Purchaser Group shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrator (but solely in its capacity as Administrator) and its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller, Worthington or Servicer and without limiting the obligation of the Seller, Worthington or Servicer to do so), ratably in accordance with its Ratable Share from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind whatsoever (including in connection with any investigative or threatened proceeding, whether or not the Administrator or such Person shall be designated a party thereto) that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrator or such Person as a result of, or related to, any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or the execution, delivery or performance of the Transaction Documents or any other document furnished in connection therewith (but excluding any such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator or such Person as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction); provided , that in the case of each Purchaser that is a commercial paper conduit, such indemnity shall be provided solely to the extent of amounts received by such Purchaser under this Agreement which exceed the amounts required to

 

22


repay such Purchaser’s outstanding Notes. Notwithstanding anything in this Section  5.8 to the contrary, each of the Administrator, each Purchaser Agent and each Purchaser hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Conduit Purchaser any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and a day after the latest maturing Note issued by such Conduit Purchaser is paid in full.

Section 5.9.     Successor Administrator . The Administrator may, upon at least five (5) days notice to the Seller and each Purchaser and Purchaser Agent, resign as Administrator. Such resignation shall not become effective until a successor agent is appointed by the Majority Purchasers and has accepted such appointment. Upon such acceptance of its appointment as Administrator hereunder by a successor Administrator, such successor Administrator shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the retiring Administrator, and the retiring Administrator shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Transaction Documents. After any retiring Administrator’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of Sections  3.1 and 3.2 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrator.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1.     Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or consent to any departure by the Seller or the Servicer therefrom, shall be effective unless in a writing signed by the Administrator and each of the Majority Purchasers, and, in the case of any amendment, by the other parties thereto; and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided however , that, if required by any Conduit Purchaser, no such material amendment shall be effective until both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s have notified the related Purchaser Agent in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any Notes; provided , further that no such amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of each affected Purchaser, (A) extend the date of any payment or deposit of Collections by the Seller or the Servicer, (B) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of Yield, (C) reduce any fees payable to the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser pursuant to the applicable Purchaser Group Fee Letter, (D) change the amount of Investment of any Purchaser, any Purchaser’s pro rata share of the Purchased Interest or any Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment, (E) amend, modify or waive any provision of the definition of “Majority Purchaser” or this Section  6.1 , (F) consent to or permit the assignment or transfer by the Seller of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, (G) change the definition of “Concentration Percentage,” “Concentration Reserve,” “Concentration Reserve Percentage,” “Eligible Receivable,” “Loss Reserve,” “Loss Reserve Percentage,” “Dilution Reserve,” “Dilution Reserve Percentage,” “Termination Event,” “Total Reserve,” “Yield Reserve,” or “Yield Reserve Percentage”, (H) amend or modify any defined term (or any defined term used directly or indirectly in such defined term) used in clauses (A) through (G) above in a manner that would circumvent the intention of the restrictions set forth in such clauses, or (I) otherwise materially and adversely affect the rights of any such Purchaser hereunder. No failure on the part of the Purchasers or the Administrator to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

 

23


Section 6.2.     Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (which shall include facsimile communication) and be sent or delivered to each party hereto at its address set forth under its name on the signature pages hereof (or in any Assumption Agreement pursuant to which it became a party hereto) or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. Notices and communications by facsimile shall be effective when sent (and shall be followed by hard copy sent by first class mail), and notices and communications sent by other means shall be effective when received.

Section 6.3.     Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments .

(a)     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Seller may not assign or transfer any of its rights or delegate any of its duties hereunder or under any Transaction Document without the prior consent of the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents and the Purchasers.

(b)     Participations . Any Purchaser may sell to one or more Persons (each a “ Participant ”) participating interests in the interests of such Purchaser hereunder; provided, however, that no Purchaser shall grant any participation under which the Participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Such Purchaser shall remain solely responsible for performing its obligations hereunder, and the Seller, each Purchaser Agent and the Administrator shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Purchaser in connection with such Purchaser’s rights and obligations hereunder. A Purchaser shall not agree with a Participant to restrict such Purchaser’s right to agree to any amendment hereto, except amendments that require the consent of all Purchasers.

(c)     Assignments by Certain Related Committed Purchasers . Any Related Committed Purchaser may assign to one or more Persons (each a “ Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser ”), reasonably acceptable to the related Purchaser Agent in its sole discretion, any portion of its Commitment pursuant to a supplement hereto, substantially in the form of Annex D with any changes as have been approved by the parties thereto (a “ Transfer Supplement ”), executed by each such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser, such selling Related Committed Purchaser, such related Purchaser Agent. Any such assignment by Related Committed Purchaser cannot be for an amount less than $10,000,000. Upon (i) the execution of the Transfer Supplement, (ii) delivery of an executed copy thereof to the Seller, such related Purchaser Agent and the Administrator and (iii) payment by the Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser to the selling Related Committed Purchaser of the agreed purchase price, such selling Related Committed Purchaser shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent of such assignment and such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Related Committed Purchaser party hereto and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Related Committed Purchaser hereunder to the same extent as if it were an original

 

24


party hereto. The amount of the Commitment of the selling Related Committed Purchaser allocable to such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser shall be equal to the amount of the Commitment of the selling Related Committed Purchaser transferred regardless of the purchase price paid therefor. The Transfer Supplement shall be an amendment hereof only to the extent necessary to reflect the addition of such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser as a “Related Committed Purchaser” and any resulting adjustment of the selling Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment.

(d)     Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser . If any Related Committed Purchaser (a “ Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser ”) shall (i) petition the Seller for any amounts under Section  1.7 or 1.8 or (ii) cease to have a short-term debt rating of “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” by Moody’s (if such a rating is required by the related Purchaser’s securitization program), the related Purchaser Agent or the Administrator may designate a replacement financial institution (a “ Replacement Related Committed Purchaser ”), to which such Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser shall, subject to its receipt of an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal balance of its Investment and accrued and unpaid Discount thereon (and, if applicable, its receipt (unless a later date for the remittance thereof shall be agreed upon by the Seller and such Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser) of all amounts claimed under Section  1.7 and/or 1.8 ) promptly assign all of its rights, obligations and Commitment hereunder, together with all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Purchased Interest allocable to it, to the Replacement Related Committed Purchaser in accordance with Section  6.3(c) , above. Once such assignment becomes effective, the Replacement Related Committed Purchaser shall be deemed to be a “Related Committed Purchaser” for all purposes hereof and such Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser shall cease to be “Related Committed Purchaser” for all purposes hereof and shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder.

(e)     Assignment by Conduit Purchasers . Each party hereto agrees and consents (i) to any Conduit Purchaser’s assignment, participation, grant of security interests in or other transfers of any portion of, or any of its beneficial interest in, the Purchased Interest (or portion thereof), including without limitation to any collateral agent in connection with its commercial paper program and (ii) to the complete assignment by any Conduit Purchaser of all of its rights and obligations hereunder to any other Person, and upon such assignment such Conduit Purchaser shall be released from all obligations and duties, if any, hereunder; provided, however, that such Conduit Purchaser may not, without the prior consent of its Related Committed Purchasers, make any such transfer of its rights hereunder unless the assignee (i) is principally engaged in the purchase of assets similar to the assets being purchased hereunder, (ii) has as its Purchaser Agent the Purchaser Agent of the assigning Conduit Purchaser and (iii) issues commercial paper or other Notes with credit ratings substantially comparable to the ratings of the assigning Conduit Purchaser. Any assigning Conduit Purchaser shall deliver to any assignee a supplement hereto, substantially in the form of Annex D with any changes as have been approved by the parties thereto (also, a “ Transfer Supplement ”), duly executed by such Conduit Purchaser, assigning any portion of its interest in the Purchased Interest to its assignee. Such Conduit Purchaser shall promptly (i) notify each of the other parties hereto of such assignment and (ii) take all further

 

25


action that the assignee reasonably requests in order to evidence the assignee’s right, title and interest in such interest in the Purchased Interest and to enable the assignee to exercise or enforce any rights of such Conduit Purchaser hereunder. Upon the assignment of any portion of its interest in the Purchased Interest, the assignee shall have all of the rights hereunder with respect to such interest (except that the Discount therefor shall thereafter accrue at the rate, determined with respect to the assigning Conduit Purchaser unless the Seller, the related Purchaser Agent and the assignee shall have agreed upon a different Discount).

(f)     Opinions of Counsel . If required by the Administrator or the applicable Purchaser Agent or to maintain the ratings of any Conduit Purchaser, each Transfer Supplement must be accompanied by an opinion of counsel of the assignee as to such matters as the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent may reasonably request.

Section 6.4.     Costs, Expenses and Taxes . In addition to the rights of indemnification granted under Section  3.1 , the Seller agrees to pay on demand (which demand shall be accompanied by documentation thereof in reasonable detail) all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration (including periodic internal audits by the Administrator of Pool Receivables) of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the other documents and agreements to be delivered hereunder (and all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of any thereof), including: (i) Attorney Costs for the Administrator, each Purchaser Group and their respective Affiliates and agents with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Administrator, each Purchaser Group and their respective Affiliates and agents as to their rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and (ii) all reasonable costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs), if any, of the Administrator, each Purchaser Group and their respective Affiliates and agents in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

(a)    In addition, the Seller shall pay on demand any and all stamp and other taxes and fees payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing and recording of this Agreement or the other documents or agreements to be delivered hereunder, and agrees to save each Indemnified Party harmless from and against any liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes and fees.

Section 6.5.     No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments . Each of the Seller, Worthington, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, each assignee of the Purchased Interest or any interest therein, and each Person that enters into a commitment to purchase the Purchased Interest or interests therein, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Conduit Purchaser any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the latest maturing Note issued by such Conduit Purchaser is paid in full. The provision of this Section  6.5 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

26


Section 6.6.     GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION .

(a)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF A SECURITY INTEREST OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR COLLATERAL ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b)    ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK; AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH SERVICE MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW.

Section 6.7.     Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 6.8.     Survival of Termination . The provisions of Sections 1.7 , 1.8 , 3.1 , 3.2 , 6.4 , 6.5 , 6.6 , 6.9 and 6.14 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 6.9.     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING THAT SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

27


Section 6.10.     Sharing of Recoveries . Each Purchaser agrees that if it receives any recovery, through set-off, judicial action or otherwise, on any amount payable or recoverable hereunder in a greater proportion than should have been received hereunder or otherwise inconsistent with the provisions hereof, then the recipient of such recovery shall purchase for cash an interest in amounts owing to the other Purchasers (as return of Investment or otherwise), without representation or warranty except for the representation and warranty that such interest is being sold by each such other Purchaser free and clear of any Adverse Claim created or granted by such other Purchaser, in the amount necessary to create proportional participation by the Purchaser in such recovery. If all or any portion of such amount is thereafter recovered from the recipient, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

Section 6.11.     Right of Setoff . During a Termination Event, each Purchaser is hereby authorized (in addition to any other rights it may have) to setoff, appropriate and apply (without presentment, demand, protest or other notice which are hereby expressly waived) any deposits and any other indebtedness held or owing by such Purchaser (including by any branches or agencies of such Purchaser) to, or for the account of, the Seller against amounts owing by the Seller hereunder (even if contingent or unmatured).

Section 6.12.     Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

Section 6.13.     Headings . The captions and headings of this Agreement and any Exhibit, Schedule or Annex hereto are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof or thereof.

Section 6.14.     Purchaser Groups  Liabilities . The obligations of each Purchaser Agent and each Purchaser under the Transaction Documents are solely the corporate obligations of such Person. Except with respect to any claim arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser, no claim may be made by the Seller or the Servicer or any other Person against the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and each of Seller and Servicer hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

 

28


Section 6.15.     Excluded Obligors .

(a)    So long as each of the Exclusion Conditions shall be satisfied, the Servicer may, from time to time and at its sole discretion, request that an Obligor be designated as an Excluded Obligor by delivering an Excluded Obligor Request to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, which Excluded Obligor Request shall (i) list the name of such proposed Excluded Obligor and (ii) specify the proposed Excluded Obligor Date with respect to such proposed Excluded Obligor (which date shall be no less than ten (10) Business Days following the date of such request); provided , however , that the Servicer shall not deliver more than one Excluded Obligor Request per calendar month. For purposes of this Section  6.15 , “ Exclusion Conditions ” means, as of any date of determination, the satisfaction of all of the following conditions on such date: (i) no Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the proposed designation of such Obligor as a Excluded Obligor, (ii) after giving effect to such proposed designation of such Obligor as a Excluded Obligor, the Aggregate Investment does not exceed the Purchase Limit, and the Purchased Interest does not exceed 100% and (iii) the Facility Termination Date has not occurred.

(b)    So long as (i) as of the applicable Excluded Obligor Date and after giving effect to such Obligor’s designation as an Excluded Obligor, each of the Exclusion Conditions have been satisfied and (ii) the Administrator has consented in writing to such Obligor’s designation as an Excluded Obligor, such consent to be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion, then (x) upon the countersignature by the Administrator of such Excluded Obligor Request, such proposed Excluded Obligor shall constitute an Excluded Obligor as of the related Excluded Obligor Date and shall no longer constitute an Obligor for purposes of the Transaction Documents except with respect to Receivables originated prior to the Excluded Obligor Date and (y) the Administrator (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall, in each case at the expense of the Seller, (I) file on or promptly following the related Excluded Obligor Date and at the sole expense of the Seller, one or more UCC-3 financing statement amendments, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrator, with respect to UCC-1 financing statements filed against the applicable Originator in connection with the Transaction Documents releasing , and (II) take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to evidence the release of, in each case, the Administrator’s security interest or other rights in the Receivables created on or after the related Excluded Obligor Date, the Obligor of which is such Excluded Obligor, and all Related Security related thereto so long as such Related Security relates solely to such Excluded Receivables.

(c)    Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that no Receivable, the Obligor of which is an Excluded Obligor, that was originated prior to the related Excluded Obligor Date shall be transferred and assigned by the Seller to the related Originator or any other Person and all such Receivables shall remain in the Receivables Pool. However, any Receivable, the Obligor of which is an Excluded Obligor, that was originated after the related Excluded Obligor Date shall not be part of the Receivables Pool hereunder.

(d)    The Seller and the Servicer covenant and agree to, and to cause each Originator to, instruct each Excluded Obligor on or promptly following the related Excluded Obligor Date to deliver payments on all Excluded Receivables to any lock-box or account other than a Lock-Box Account.

 

29


[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

   

Worthington Receivables Corporation

1205 Dearborn Drive

Columbus, Ohio 43085

 

Attention: Randal I. Rombeiro

Telephone: (614) 840-3574

Facsimile: (614) 438-7508

 

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
as Servicer

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

   

Worthington Industries, Inc.

1205 Dearborn Drive

Columbus, Ohio 43085

 

Attention: Randal I. Rombeiro

Telephone: (614) 840-3574

Facsimile: (614) 438-7508

 

S-1


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrator

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

   

PNC Bank, National Association

Three PNC Plaza

225 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

 

Attention: Robyn Reeher

Telephone No.: (412) 768-3090

Facsimile No.: (412) 762-9184

 

S-2


PURCHASERS:

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Purchaser Agent and a Related Committed Purchaser

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

   

PNC Bank, National Association

Three PNC Plaza

225 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

 

Attention: Robyn Reeher

Telephone No.: (412) 768-3090

Facsimile No.: (412) 762-9184

 

Commitment $50,000,000

 

S-3


EXHIBIT I

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Agreement (including its Exhibits, Schedules and Annexes), the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined). Unless otherwise indicated, all Section, Annex, Exhibit and Schedule references in this Exhibit are to Sections of and Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules to the Agreement.

Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Administrator’s Account ” means the account (account number 1002422076 ABA 043000096) of the Administrator maintained at the office of PNC at Three PNC Plaza, 225 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707, or such other account as may be so designated in writing by the Administrator to the Servicer.

Adverse Claim ” means a lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance, or any other type of preferential arrangement; it being understood that any thereof in favor of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers ) shall not constitute an Adverse Claim.

Affected Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section  1.7 of the Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person: (a) any Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, or (b) who is a director or officer: (i) of such Person or (ii) of any Person described in clause (a) , except that, in the case of each Conduit Purchaser, Affiliate shall mean the holder of its capital stock. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect: (x) to vote 25% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person, or (y) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, in either case whether by ownership of securities, contract, proxy or otherwise.

Aggregate Discount ” at any time, means the sum of the aggregate for each Purchaser of the accrued and unpaid Discount with respect to each such Purchaser’s Investment at such time.

Aggregate Investment ” means the amount paid to the Seller in respect of the Purchased Interest or portion thereof by each Purchaser pursuant to the Agreement, as reduced from time to time by Collections distributed and applied on account of such Aggregate Investment pursuant to Section  1.4(d) of the Agreement; provided , that if such Aggregate Investment shall have been reduced by any distribution, and thereafter all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason, such Aggregate Investment shall be increased by the amount of such rescinded or returned distribution as though it had not been made.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section  1(x) of Exhibit III of the Agreement.

 

I-1


Assumption Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form set forth in Annex C to the Agreement.

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), as amended from time to time.

Base Rate ” means, for any day, (i) in the case of the Purchaser Group including PNC, the PNC Base Rate and (ii) in the case of each other Purchaser Group, the rate set forth as the Base Rate for such Purchaser Group in the related Purchaser Group Fee Letter.

Benefit  Plan ” means any employee benefit pension plan as defined in Section  3(2) of ERISA in respect of which the Seller, any Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate is, or at any time during the immediately preceding six years was, an “employer” as defined in Section  3(5) of ERISA.

Business Day ” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which: (a) banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City, New York or Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania and (b) if this definition of “Business Day” is utilized in connection with the Euro-Rate or LMIR, dealings are carried out in the London interbank market.

Cease Commingling Event ” means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions: (i) the occurrence of any Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event, or (ii) delivery of a written notice by Administrator or any Purchaser that commingling of Collections with Subject Collections shall cease no later than ten Business Days following the date of such notice.

Change in Control ” means (i) with respect to Seller, that at any time Worthington shall fail to own, directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries free and clear of any Adverse Claim, 100% of the shares of outstanding voting stock of the Seller on a fully diluted basis, (ii) with respect to any Originator, that at any time Worthington shall fail to own, directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries free and clear of any Adverse Claim, 100% of the share of outstanding voting stock of such Originator on a fully diluted basis, and (iii) with respect to Worthington, the acquisition by any Person or its Affiliates (other than John H. McConnell, John P. McConnell, their Affiliates or a group in which the foregoing are a principal participant) of 20% or more of the stock (or equivalent ownership or controlling interest) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of Worthington (irrespective of whether or not at the time the stock of any class or classes of Worthington will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening or any contingency).

Closing Date ” means November 30, 2000.

Collections ” means, with respect to any Pool Receivable: (a) all funds that are received by any Originator, Worthington, the Seller or the Servicer in payment of any amounts owed in respect of such Receivable (including purchase price, finance charges, interest and all other

 

I-2


charges), or that are applied to amounts owed in respect of such Receivable (including insurance payments and net proceeds of the sale or other disposition of repossessed goods or other collateral or property of the related Obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for the payment of such Pool Receivable and available to be applied thereon), (b) all amounts deemed to have been received pursuant to Section  1.4(e) of the Agreement and (c) all other proceeds of such Pool Receivable.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Related Committed Purchaser, the maximum amount which such Purchaser is obligated to pay hereunder on account of any Purchase, as set forth below its signature to this Agreement or in the Assumption Agreement pursuant to which it became a Purchaser, as such amount may be modified in connection with any subsequent assignment pursuant to Section  6.3(c) or in connection with a change in the Purchase Limit pursuant to Section  1.1(b) .

Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Related Committed Purchaser in a Purchaser Group, such Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment divided by the total of all Commitments of all Related Committed Purchasers in such Purchaser Group.

Company Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Concentration Percentage ” means any Obligor which is (i) a Group A Obligor, 16.0%, (ii) a Group B Obligor, 12.0%, (iii) a Group C Obligor, 8.0%, or (iv) a Group D Obligor, 4.0%.

Concentration Reserve ” means, on any day, an amount equal to: (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Concentration Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Concentration Reserve Percentage on such date.

Concentration Reserve Percentage ” means, on any date, the quotient of (i) the greatest of (a) the largest aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables of any single Group A Obligor, (b) the sum of the largest aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables of any two Group B Obligors, (c) the sum of the largest aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables of any three Group C Obligors or (d) the sum of the largest aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables of any five Group D Obligors, divided by (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, on such date.

Conduit Purchasers ” means each commercial paper conduit that is a party to the Agreement, as a purchaser, or that becomes a party to the Agreement, as a purchaser pursuant to an Assumption Agreement.

Contract ” means, with respect to any Receivable, any and all contracts, instruments, agreements, leases, invoices, notes or other writings pursuant to which such Receivable arises or that evidence such Receivable or under which an Obligor becomes or is obligated to make payment in respect of such Receivable.

CP Rate ” means, with respect to any Conduit Purchaser for any Yield Period and any Portion of Investment, the rate set forth as the CP Rate for such Conduit Purchaser in the related Purchaser Group Fee Letter.

 

I-3


Credit and Collection Policy ” means, as the context may require, those receivables credit and collection policies and practices of each Originator and of Worthington in effect on the date of the Agreement and described in Schedule I to the Agreement, as modified in compliance with the Agreement.

Current Days’ Sales Outstanding ” means, for any calendar month, an amount computed as of the last day of such calendar month equal to: (a) the average of the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that are not passed their respective due date as of the last day of most recent three calendar months divided by (b)(i) the average of the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during most recent three calendar months divided by (ii) 90.

Cut-off Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Sale Agreement.

Debt ” means: (a) indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (d) obligations as lessee under leases that shall have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases, and (e) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a)  through (d) .

Default Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such month excluding Ineligible Elimination Amounts, by (b)(i) at all times during which the Current Days’ Sales Outstanding is less than or equal to 40, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the month that is five months before such month and (ii) at all other times, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the month that is six months before such month.

Defaulted Receivable ” means a Receivable:

(a)    as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 120 days, in each case from the due date for such payment, or

(b)    without duplication (i) as to which an Insolvency Proceeding shall have occurred with respect to the Obligor thereof or any other Person obligated thereon or owning any Related Security with respect thereto, (ii) that has been charged-off as uncollectible or (iii) that should have been charged-off as uncollectible pursuant to the Credit and Collection Policy.

The “Outstanding Balance” of any Defaulted Receivable shall be determined without regard to any credit memos or credit balances.

Delinquency Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that

 

I-4


were Delinquent Receivables (excluding Steel Surcharge Receivables and amounts reported by the Servicer as inputs to the Information Package as charge-backs and disputed receivables) on such day by (b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables on such day.

Delinquent Receivable ” means a Receivable (a) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 90 days from the due date for such payment or (b) without duplication, which has been (or consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, would be) classified as a Delinquent Receivable by the applicable Originator. The “Outstanding Balance” of any Delinquent Receivable shall be determined without regard to any credit memos or credit balances.

Dilution Component Reserve ” means, on any day, an amount equal to (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Dilution Component Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Dilution Component Reserve Percentage on such date.

Dilution Component Reserve Percentage ” means, on any day, the product of (a) the 12-month rolling average of the Dilution Ratio at such time multiplied by (b) the Dilution Horizon Ratio at such time, expressed as a percentage.

Dilution Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward), computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing: (a) the aggregate amount of payments made or owed by the Seller pursuant to Section  1.4(e)(i) of the Agreement during such calendar month excluding Ineligible Elimination Amounts, by (b) the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the calendar month that is two months prior to such calendar month.

Dilution Reserve ” means, on any day, an amount equal to: (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Dilution Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Dilution Reserve Percentage on such date.

Dilution Reserve Percentage ” means, on any date, the percentage determined by the following formula:

 

[[(2.25 x ED) + ((DS-ED) x DS/ED))] x DHR] + (0.50% x CS)

ED

  

=

  

the “Expected Dilution,” which shall be equal to the 12-month rolling average Dilution Ratio, expressed as a percentage;

DS

  

=

  

the “Dilution Spike,” which shall be equal to the highest one month Dilution Ratio over the immediately preceding 12 months, expressed as a percentage; and

CS

  

=

  

the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the most recent calendar month divided by the Net Receivables Pool Balance for such calendar month.

 

I-5


DHR

  

=

  

the “Dilution Horizon Ratio,” which shall be equal to the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the three preceding calendar months divided by the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of the last day of the most recent calendar month.

Discount ” means with respect to any Purchaser:

(a)    for any Portion of Investment for any Yield Period with respect to any Purchaser to the extent such Portion of Investment will be funded by such Purchaser during such Yield Period through the issuance of Notes:

CPR x I x ED/360

(b)    for any Portion of Investment for any Yield Period with respect to any Purchaser to the extent such Portion of Investment will not be funded by such Purchaser during such Yield Period through the issuance of Notes:

YR x I x ED/Year + TF

where:

 

YR

  

=

  

the Yield Rate, as applicable, for such Portion of Investment for such Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser,

I

  

=

  

the Investment with respect to such Portion of Investment during such Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser,

CPR

  

=

  

the CP Rate for the Portion of Investment for such Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser,

ED

  

=

  

the actual number of days during such Yield Period,

Year

  

=

  

if such Portion of Investment is funded based upon: (i) the Euro-Rate or LMIR, 360 days, and (ii) the Base Rate, 365 or 366 days, as applicable, and

TF

  

=

  

the Termination Fee, if any, for the Portion of Investment for such Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser;

provided , that no provision of the Agreement shall require the payment or permit the collection of Discount in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law; and provided further , that Discount for any Portion of Investment shall not be considered paid by any distribution to the extent that at any time all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason.

Eligible Foreign Obligor ” means an Obligor which is a resident of any country (other than the United States of America or Canada) that has a short-term foreign currency rating (or, if such country does not have such a short-term foreign currency rating, a long-term foreign currency rating) of at least “A2” (or “A”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” (or “A2”) by Moody’s.

 

I-6


Eligible Receivable ” means, at any time, a Pool Receivable:

(a)    the Obligor of which is (i) a United States resident, a resident of the Province of Ontario, Canada subject to the following proviso or Eligible Foreign Obligor; provided , however , if the Obligor of such Receivable is a resident of the Province of Ontario, Canada, such Receivable shall satisfy the requirements of this clause  (a)(i) if the sum of the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable and the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all other Eligible Receivables (that are included in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance at such time) of Obligors who are residents of the Province of Ontario, Canada does not exceed the product of (x) 0.05 times (y) the Outstanding Balance of all other Eligible Receivables, (ii) neither (x) a Governmental Authority, nor (y) a Sanctioned Person, (iii) not subject to any action of the type described in paragraph (f)  of Exhibit V to the Agreement, (iv) not an Excluded Obligor and (v) not an Affiliate of Worthington,

(b)    that is denominated and payable only in U.S. dollars in the United States,

(c)    that does not have a stated maturity which is more than 60 days after the original invoice date of such Receivable;, provided , however , that up to 20.0% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables may have a stated maturity which is more than 60 days but not more than 90 days from the original invoice date of such Receivable,

(d)    that arises under a duly authorized Contract for the sale and delivery of goods and services in the ordinary course of an Originator’s business,

(e)    that arises under a duly authorized Contract that is in full force and effect and that is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms,

(f)    that conforms in all material respects with all applicable laws, rulings and regulations in effect,

(g)    that is not the subject of any asserted dispute, offset, hold back defense, Adverse Claim or other claim,

(h)    that satisfies all applicable requirements of the applicable Credit and Collection Policy,

(i)    that has not been modified, waived or restructured since its creation, except as permitted pursuant to Section  4.2 of the Agreement,

(j)    in which the Seller owns good and marketable title, free and clear of any Adverse Claims, and that is freely assignable by the Seller (including without any consent of the related Obligor),

 

I-7


(k)    for which the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) shall have a valid and enforceable undivided percentage ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest, and a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest therein and in the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim,

(l)    that constitutes an account as defined in the UCC, and that is not evidenced by instruments or chattel paper,

(m)    that is not a Defaulted Receivable, a Delinquent Receivable or a Steel Surcharge Receivable,

(n)    for which none of the Originator thereof, the Seller and the Servicer has established any offset arrangements with the related Obligor,

(o)    for which Defaulted Receivables of the related Obligor do not exceed 35% of the Outstanding Balance of all such Obligor’s Receivables, and

(p)    that represents amounts earned and payable by the Obligor that are not subject to the performance of additional services by the Originator or Servicer thereof.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections.

ERISA  Affiliate ” means: (a) any corporation that is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) as the Seller, any Originator or Worthington, (b) a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) with the Seller, any Originator or Worthington, or (c) a member of the same affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Internal Revenue Code) as the Seller, any Originator, any corporation described in clause  (a) or any trade or business described in clause  (b) .

Euro-Rate ” means with respect to any Yield Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrator by dividing (the resulting quotient rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1% per annum) (i) the rate of interest determined by the applicable Purchaser Agent in accordance with its usual procedures (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) to be the average of the London interbank market offered rates for U.S. dollars as set forth on display page 3750 on Dow Jones Markets Service (or such other display page on the Dow Jones Markets Service system as may from time to time replace display page 3750 or such other service that may from time to time replace Dow Jones Markets Service) at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day which is two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Yield Period for an amount comparable to the Portion of Investment to be funded at the Yield Rate and based upon the Euro-Rate during such Yield

 

I-8


Period by (ii) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage. The Euro-Rate may also be expressed by the following formula:

 

     

Average of London interbank offered rates shown on Dow Jones Markets Service display page 3750 or appropriate successor

 

 

Euro-Rate

  

 

=

  
      1.00 - Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage

where “ Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage ” means, the maximum effective percentage in effect on such day as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the reserve requirements (including without limitation, supplemental, marginal, and emergency reserve requirements) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “ Eurocurrency Liabilities ”). The Euro-Rate shall be adjusted with respect to any Portion of Investment funded at the Yield Rate and based upon the Euro-Rate that is outstanding on the effective date of any change in the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage as of such effective date. The applicable Purchaser Agent shall give prompt notice to the Seller of the Euro-Rate as determined or adjusted in accordance herewith (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Euro-Rate as determined herein would be less than zero (0.00), such rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.00%) for purposes of this Agreement.

Excess Concentration ” means, on any date, the sum of the following amounts: (i) the amount by which the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables of each Obligor then in the Receivables Pool exceeds an amount equal to: (a) the applicable Concentration Percentage for such Obligor multiplied by (b) the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool on such date, plus (ii) the amount by which (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool the Obligor of which is an Eligible Foreign Obligor exceeds (b) 3.00% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool on such date.

Excluded Obligor Date ” means, with respect to each Excluded Obligor, the applicable date designated as such in the related Excluded Obligor Request.

Excluded Obligor ” means each Obligor designated as such in a Excluded Obligor Request that has satisfied each of the requirements set forth in Section  6.15 of this Agreement.

Excluded Obligor Request ” means a request, in substantially the form of Annex H to this Agreement, made by or on behalf of the Servicer pursuant to Section  6.15 of this Agreement.

Excluded Receivable ” means any Receivable (defined without giving effect to the proviso to the definition thereof) (i) the Obligor of which is Metalsa, S.A. de C.V. and Metalsa–Roanoke, Inc. or the Subsidiaries thereof, (ii) originated on or after July 15, 2013, the Obligor of which is E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or any Subsidiary thereof or (iii) originated on or after the applicable Excluded Obligor Date, the Obligor of which is an Excluded Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof.

 

I-9


Facility Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of: (a) with respect to each Purchaser January 15, 2019, (b) the date determined pursuant to Section  2.2 of the Agreement, (c) the date the Purchase Limit reduces to zero pursuant to Section  1.1(b) of the Agreement and (d) with respect to each Purchaser Group, the date that the commitments of all of the Liquidity Providers terminate under the related Liquidity Agreements.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the per annum rate set forth in the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Board (including any such successor, “H.15(519)”) for such day opposite the caption “Federal Funds (Effective).” If on any relevant day such rate is not yet published in H.15(519), the rate for such day will be the rate set forth in the daily statistical release designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities, or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor, the “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations”) for such day under the caption “Federal Funds Effective Rate.” If on any relevant day the appropriate rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations, the rate for such day will be the arithmetic mean as determined by the applicable Purchaser Agent of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged before 9:00 a.m. (New York time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by such Purchaser Agent.

Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any entity succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Fees ” means the fees payable by the Seller to each Purchaser Group pursuant to the applicable Purchaser Group Fee Letter.

Fifteenth Amendment Effective Date ” means the date on which that certain Fifteenth Amendment to this Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2013, becomes effective in accordance with its terms.

GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any body or entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, and any Person owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

Group A Obligor ” means an Obligor with a short-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating (or, if such Obligor does not have such a short-term rating, a long-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating) of at least “A-1” (or “A+”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” (or “A1”) by Moody’s.

Group B Obligor ” means an Obligor with a short-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating (or, if such Obligor does not have such a short-term rating, a long-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating) of at least “A-2” (or “BBB+”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-2” (or “Baa1”) by Moody’s, that is not a Group A Obligor.

 

I-10


Group C Obligor ” means an Obligor with a short-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating (or, if such Obligor does not have such a short-term rating, a long-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating) of at least “A-3” (or “BBB-”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-3” (or “Baa3”) by Moody’s, that is not a Group A Obligor or a Group B Obligor.

Group Commitment ” means with respect to any Purchaser Group the aggregate of the Commitments of each Purchaser within such Purchaser Group.

Group D Obligor ” means an Obligor which is not a Group A Obligor, a Group B Obligor or a Group C Obligor.

Group Investment ” means with respect to any Purchaser Group, an amount equal to the aggregate of all Investments of the Purchasers within such Purchaser Group.

Indemnified Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.1 of the Agreement.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section  3.1 of the Agreement.

Independent Director ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3(c) of Exhibit IV to the Agreement.

Ineligible Elimination Amounts ” means amounts which are reported by the Servicer as inputs to the Information Package as credit memos or aged invoices which relate to Receivables which are not Eligible Receivables, including without limitation, Receivables (a) the Obligor of which is an Affiliate of Worthington, (b) related to the resale program, (c) which are Steel Surcharge Receivables, (d) which are fuel surcharge receivables or (e) the Obligor of which is listed on Schedule V hereto (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates); provided , however , that such amounts which are reported by the Servicer as inputs to the Information Package as credit memos or aged invoices with respect to each such Obligor set forth on Schedule V shall be deemed to be “Ineligible Elimination Amounts” until the Administrator consents otherwise.

Information Package ” means a report, in substantially the form of Annex A to the Agreement, furnished to the Administrator pursuant to the Agreement.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means: (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors of a Person or, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors of a Person, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors, in each of cases (a) and (b) undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Internal Revenue Code also refer to any successor sections.

 

I-11


Investment ” means with respect to any Purchaser the amount paid to the Seller by such Purchaser pursuant to the Agreement, or such amount divided or combined in accordance with the Agreement, in each case reduced from time to time by Collections distributed and applied on account of such Investment pursuant to Section  1.4(d) of the Agreement; provided, that if such Investment shall have been reduced by any distribution and thereafter all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason, such Investment shall be increased by the amount of such rescinded or returned distribution as though it had not been made.

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

LCR Security ” means any commercial paper or security (other than equity securities issued to the Servicer or any Originator that is a consolidated subsidiary of Worthington under GAAP) within the meaning of Paragraph _.32(e)(viii) of the final rules titled Liquidity Coverage Ratio: Liquidity Risk Measurement Standards, 79 Fed. Reg. 197, 61440 et seq. (October 10, 2014).

Liquidity Agent ” means each of the banks acting as agent for the various Liquidity Banks under each Liquidity Agreement.

Liquidity Agreement ” means any agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement pursuant to which a Liquidity Provider agrees to make purchases or advances to, or purchase assets from, any Conduit Purchaser in order to provide liquidity for such Conduit Purchaser’s Purchases.

Liquidity Provider ” means each bank or other financial institution that provides liquidity support to any Conduit Purchaser pursuant to the terms of a Liquidity Agreement.

LMIR ” means for any day during any Yield Period, the one-month Eurodollar rate for U.S. dollar deposits as reported on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page or any other page that may replace such page from time to time for the purpose of displaying offered rates of leading banks for London interbank deposits in United States dollars, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, then the immediately preceding Business Day (or if not so reported, then as determined by the Administrator from another recognized source for interbank quotation), in each case, changing when and as such rate changes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if LMIR as determined herein would be less than zero (0.00), such rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.00%) for purposes of this Agreement.

Lock-Box Account ” means an account maintained at a bank or other financial institution for the purpose of, directly or indirectly, receiving Collections.

Lock-Box Agreement ” means an agreement, among the Seller, the Servicer and a Lock-Box Bank.

Lock-Box Bank ” means any of the banks or other financial institutions holding one or more Lock-Box Accounts.

 

I-12


Loss Reserve ” means, on any date, an amount equal to (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Loss Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Loss Reserve Percentage on such date.

Loss Reserve Percentage ” means, on any date, the product of (i) 2.25 times (ii) the highest average of the Default Ratios for any three consecutive calendar months during the twelve most recent calendar months multiplied by (iii) (1) (A) at all times during which the Current Days’ Sales Outstanding is less than or equal to 40, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the five most recent calendar months, and (B) at all other times, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the six most recent calendar months divided by (2) the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of such date.

Majority Purchasers ” means, at any time, Purchasers whose Commitments aggregate 2/3rds or more of the aggregate of the Commitments of all Purchasers; provided, however, that so long as any Purchaser’s Commitment is greater than 50% of the aggregate Commitments, then “Majority Purchasers” shall mean a minimum of two Purchasers whose Commitments aggregate more than 50% of the aggregate Commitments.

Material Adverse Effect ” means, relative to any Person with respect to any event or circumstance, a material adverse effect on:

(a)    the assets, operations, business or financial condition of the Seller, the Servicer or Worthington Industries, Inc. on a consolidated basis,

(b)    the ability of any of such Person to perform its obligations under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party,

(c)    the validity or enforceability of any other Transaction Document, or the validity, enforceability or collectibility of a material portion of the Pool Receivables, or

(d)    the status, perfection, enforceability or priority of any Purchaser’s or the Seller’s interest in the Pool Assets.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Net Receivables Pool Balance ” means, at any time: (a) the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool minus (b) the Excess Concentration minus (c) the Specifically Reserved Dilution Amount.

Notes ” means short-term promissory notes issued, or to be issued, by each Conduit Purchaser to fund its investments in accounts receivable or other financial assets.

Obligor ” means, with respect to any Receivable, the Person obligated to make payments pursuant to the Contract relating to such Receivable.

Originator ” has the meaning set forth in the Sale Agreement.

 

I-13


Originator Assignment Certificate ” means each assignment, in substantially the form of Exhibit C to the Sale Agreement, evidencing Seller’s ownership of the Receivables generated by Originator, as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Sale Agreement.

Outstanding Balance ” of any Receivable at any time means the then outstanding principal balance thereof.

Patriot Act ” means the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Permitted Lock-Box Bank means any of the following Bank of America, Bank of Nova Scotia, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citibank, Comerica Bank, First Union Bank, Firstar Bank, Huntington Bank, Key Bank, The Bank of New York Mellon, National City Bank, PNC Bank, Wachovia Bank and any successor thereof, or such other bank as may be consented to by the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

PNC ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

PNC Base Rate ” means, in the case of PNC or any Purchaser in its Purchaser Group, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate shall be at all times equal to the higher of:

(a)    the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by PNC in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania as its “prime rate.” Such “prime rate” is set by PNC based upon various factors, including PNC’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such announced rate, and

(b)    0.50% per annum above the latest Federal Funds Rate.

PNC Yield Rate ” for any Yield Period and any Portion of Investment of the Purchased Interest with respect to PNC or any Purchaser in its Purchaser Group, means an interest rate per annum equal to: (a) the daily average LMIR for such Yield Period, or (b) if LMIR is unavailable pursuant to Section  1.9 , the Base Rate for such Yield Period; provided , however , that the “PNC Yield Rate” for any day while a Termination Event exists shall be an interest rate equal to (in the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion) (i) 2% per annum above the PNC Base Rate or (ii) the “Applicable Margin” set forth in the Purchaser Group Fee Letter relating to PNC.

Pool Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section  1.2(d) of the Agreement.

 

I-14


Pool Receivable ” means a Receivable in the Receivables Pool.

Portion of Investment ” means, with respect to any Purchaser and its related Investment, the portion of such Investment being funded or maintained by such Purchaser by reference to a particular interest rate basis.

Program Support Agreement ” means and includes any Liquidity Agreement and any other agreement entered into by any Program Support Provider providing for: (a) the issuance of one or more letters of credit for the account of any Conduit Purchaser, (b) the issuance of one or more surety bonds for which the such Conduit Purchaser is obligated to reimburse the applicable Program Support Provider for any drawings thereunder, (c) the sale by such Conduit Purchaser to any Program Support Provider of the Purchased Interest (or portions thereof) maintained by such Conduit Purchaser and/or (d) the making of loans and/or other extensions of credit to any Conduit Purchaser in connection with such Conduit Purchaser’s securitization program contemplated in the Agreement, together with any letter of credit, surety bond or other instrument issued thereunder (but excluding any discretionary advance facility provided by the Administrator).

Program Support Provider ” means and includes with respect to each Conduit Purchaser any Liquidity Provider and any other Person (other than any customer of such Conduit Purchaser) now or hereafter extending credit or having a commitment to extend credit to or for the account of, or to make purchases from, such Conduit Purchaser pursuant to any Program Support Agreement.

Purchase ” is defined in Section 1.1(a).

Purchase and Sale Indemnified Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section  9.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section  9.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase and Sale Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section  1.4 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase and Sale Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section  8.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase Date ” means the date of which a Purchase or a reinvestment is made pursuant to the Agreement.

Purchase Facility ” has the meaning set forth in Section  1.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase Limit ” means $50,000,000, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section  1.1(b) of the Agreement. References to the unused portion of the Purchase Limit shall mean, at any time, the Purchase Limit minus the then outstanding Aggregate Investment.

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.1 of the Sale Agreement.

 

I-15


Purchase Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section  2.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchased Interest ” means, at any time, the undivided percentage ownership interest in: (a) each and every Pool Receivable now existing or hereafter arising, (b) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables and (c) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, such Pool Receivables and Related Security. Such undivided percentage interest shall be computed as:

 

 

Aggregate Investment + Total Reserves

 
  Net Receivables Pool Balance  

The Purchased Interest shall be determined from time to time pursuant to Section  1.3 of the Agreement.

Purchaser ” means each Conduit Purchaser and/or each Related Committed Purchaser, as applicable.

Purchaser Agent ” means each Person acting as agent on behalf of a Purchaser Group and designated as a Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser Group on the signature pages to the Agreement or any other Person who becomes a party to this Agreement as a Purchaser Agent pursuant to an Assumption Agreement or a Transfer Supplement.

Purchaser Group ” means, (i) for each Conduit Purchaser, such Conduit Purchaser, its Related Committed Purchasers and its related Purchaser Agent and (ii) for PNC, PNC, as a Purchaser Agent and a Related Committed Purchaser.

Purchaser Group Fee Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section  1.5 of the Agreement.

Purchasers’ Share ” of any amount means such amount multiplied by the Purchased Interest at the time of determination.

Ratable Share ” means, for each Purchaser Group, such Purchaser Group’s aggregate Commitments divided by the aggregate Commitments of all Purchaser Groups.

Rating Agency Condition ” means, with respect to any material event or occurrence, receipt by the Administrator (or the applicable Purchaser Agent) of written confirmation from each of Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s that such event or occurrence shall not cause the rating on the then outstanding Notes of any applicable Purchaser to be downgraded or withdrawn.

Receivable ” means any indebtedness and other obligations owed to the Seller or any Originator by, or any right of the Seller or any Originator to payment from or on behalf of, an Obligor, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods or the rendering of services by an Originator, and includes the obligation to pay any finance charges, fees and other charges with respect thereto; provided however , that “Receivable” shall not include any Excluded Receivable. Indebtedness and other obligations arising from any one transaction, including indebtedness and other obligations represented by an individual invoice or agreement, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of indebtedness and other obligations arising from any other transaction.

 

I-16


Receivables Pool ” means, at any time, all of the then outstanding Receivables purchased by the Seller pursuant to the Sale Agreement prior to the Facility Termination Date.

Related Committed Purchaser ” means each Person listed as such (and its respective Commitment) for each Conduit Purchaser as set forth on the signature pages of the Agreement or in any Assumption Agreement or Transfer Supplement.

Related Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section  1.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Related Security ” means, with respect to any Receivable:

(a)    all of the Seller’s and the Originator thereof’s interest in any goods (including returned goods), and documentation of title evidencing the shipment or storage of any goods (including returned goods), relating to any sale giving rise to such Receivable,

(b)    all instruments and chattel paper that may evidence such Receivable,

(c)    all other security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all UCC financing statements or similar filings relating thereto, and

(d)    all of the Seller’s and the Originator thereof’s rights, interests and claims under the Contracts and all guaranties, indemnities, insurance and other agreements (including the related Contract) or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable or otherwise relating to such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise.

Sale Agreement ” means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000, among the Seller, the Originators and the Servicer as amended through the date of the Agreement and as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Sanctioned Country ” means a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of territorial-based Sanctions.

Sanctioned Person ” means a Person that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are: (i) the subject of any Sanctions, or (ii) located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country.

Sanctions ” means any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority.

Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

 

I-17


Seller’s Share ” of any amount means the greater of: (a) $0 and (b) such amount minus the product of (i) such amount multiplied by (ii) the Purchased Interest.

Servicer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Servicing Fee ” shall mean the fee referred to in Section  4.6 of the Agreement.

Settlement Date ” means the 18 th Business Day of each calendar month or such other Business Day as otherwise consented to by the Administrator, the Purchasers, the Seller and the Servicer.

Simple Majority ” means, at any time, Purchasers whose Commitments aggregate 51% or more of the aggregate of the Commitments of all Purchasers.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person at any time, a condition under which:

(i)    the fair value and present fair saleable value of such Person’s total assets is, on the date of determination, greater than such Person’s total liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) at such time;

(ii)    the fair value and present fair saleable value of such Person’s assets is greater than the amount that will be required to pay such Person’s probable liability on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured (“ debts ,” for this purpose, includes all legal liabilities, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed, or contingent);

(iii)    such Person is and shall continue to be able to pay all of its liabilities as such liabilities mature; and

(iv)    such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to engage in its current and in its anticipated business.

For purposes of this definition:

(A)    the amount of a Person’s contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time shall be that amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances then existing, represents the amount which can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability;

(B)    the “fair value” of an asset shall be the amount which may be realized within a reasonable time either through collection or sale of such asset at its regular market value;

(C)    the “regular market value” of an asset shall be the amount which a capable and diligent business person could obtain for such asset from an interested buyer who is willing to Purchase such asset under ordinary selling conditions; and

 

I-18


(D)    the “present fair saleable value” of an asset means the amount which can be obtained if such asset is sold with reasonable promptness in an arm’s-length transaction in an existing and not theoretical market.

Specifically Reserved Dilution Amount ” means, for any calendar month, the sum of the amounts reserved in the balance sheet of each Originator for (i) volume rebates and (ii) potential credits relating to the voluntary recall announced by the Servicer in a public filing on January 10, 2012.

Standard  & Poor’s ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Steel Surcharge Receivable ” means a Receivable, the Originators of which are The Worthington Steel Company, a Delaware corporation, The Worthington Steel Company, an Ohio corporation, Worthington Steel Company of Decatur, L.L.C., an Alabama limited liability company, Worthington Steel of Michigan, Inc., a Michigan corporation, WSC Acquisition, LLC, an Ohio Limited liability company, or The Worthington Steel Company, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company, which is associated with surcharges for coke shortages, utilities, fuel, freight and other costs from vendors of such Originators.

Subject Collections ” means, with respect to any Subject Receivable: (a) all funds that are received by the Subject Worthington Affiliate, in payment of any amounts owed in respect of such Subject Receivable (including purchase price, finance charges, interest and all other charges), or applied to amounts owed in respect of such Subject Receivable (including insurance payments and net proceeds of the sale or other disposition of repossessed goods or other collateral or property of the related obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for the payment of such Subject Receivable and available to be applied thereon) and (b) all other proceeds of such Subject Receivable.

Subject Receivable ” means any indebtedness and other obligations owed to the Subject Worthington Affiliate, arising in connection with the sale of goods or for services rendered, and includes, without limitation, the obligation to pay any finance charges, fees and other charges with respect thereto; provided , however , that Subject Receivable shall exclude (i) all Pool Receivables and (ii) all Excluded Receivables.

Subject Worthington Affiliate ” means AMTROL, Inc. a Rhode Island corporation.

Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock of each class or other interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or other interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or other managers of such entity are at the time owned, or management of which is otherwise controlled: (a) by such Person, (b) by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Tangible Net Worth ” means, with respect to any Person, the tangible net worth of such Person as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

I-19


Termination Day ” means: (a) each day on which the conditions set forth in Section  2 of Exhibit II to the Agreement are not satisfied or (b) each day that occurs on or after the Facility Termination Date.

Termination Event ” has the meaning specified in Exhibit V to the Agreement.

Termination Fee ” means, for any Yield Period, with respect to any Purchaser, the amount, if any, by which: (a) the additional Discount related to such Purchaser’s Investment (calculated without taking into account any Termination Fee or any shortened duration of such Yield Period) that would have accrued during such Yield Period on the reductions of Investment relating to such Yield Period had such reductions not been made, exceeds (b) the income, if any, received by such Purchaser from investing the proceeds of such reductions of Investment, as determined by the such Purchaser’s Purchaser Agent, which determination shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Total Reserves ” means, at any time, the sum of the Yield Reserve and the greater of (a) the sum of the Loss Reserve and the Dilution Reserve, or (b) the sum of the Concentration Reserve and the Dilution Component Reserve.

Transaction Documents ” means the Agreement, the Lock-Box Agreements, each Purchaser Group Fee Letter, the Sale Agreement and all other certificates, instruments, UCC financing statements, reports, notices, agreements and documents executed or delivered under or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Agreement.

Transfer Supplement ” has the respective meanings set forth in Sections 6.3(c) and 6.3(e) .

Turnover Rate ” means, for any calendar month, an amount computed as of the last day of such calendar month equal to: (a) the average of the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables as of the last day of such calendar month, divided by (b) the quotient of (i) the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the three calendar months ended on the last day of such calendar month, divided by (ii) 3.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

Unmatured Purchase and Sale Termination Event ” means any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Purchase and Sale Termination Event.

Unmatured Termination Event ” means an event that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a Termination Event.

Volcker Rule ” means Section 13 of the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

Worthington ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

 

I-20


Yield Period ” means, with respect to each Portion of Investment: (a) before the Facility Termination Date: (i) initially the period commencing on the date of the initial Purchase pursuant to Section  1.2 of the Agreement (or in the case of any fees payable hereunder, commencing on the Closing Date) and ending on (but not including) the next Settlement Date, and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on such Settlement Date and ending on (but not including) the next Settlement Date, and (b) on and after the Facility Termination Date, such period (including a period of one day) as shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator or, in the absence of any such selection, each period of 30 days from the last day of the preceding Yield Period.

Yield Rate ” for any Yield Period for any Portion of Investment of the Purchased Interest (i) in the case of the Purchaser Group including PNC, means the PNC Yield Rate, and (ii) in the case of each other Purchaser Group, shall mean the rate set forth as the Yield Rate for such Purchaser Group in the related Purchaser Group Fee Letter.

Yield Reserve ” shall be equal to the Aggregate Investment multiplied by a percentage equal to (i) the Yield Reserve Percentage divided by (ii) 100% minus the Yield Reserve Percentage.

Yield Reserve Percentage ” means, on any date, an amount equal to (i) the sum of the weighted average Base Rate for the most recent period plus 1.0%, multiplied by (ii) the product of 1.5 times the Turnover Rate, divided by (iii) 12.

Other Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of New York, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9. Unless the context otherwise requires, “or” means “and/or,” and “including” (and with correlative meaning “include” and “includes”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term.

 

I-21


EXHIBIT II

CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES

1.     Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase . The initial Purchase under this Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent that the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent shall have received on or before the date of such Purchase (other than with respect to the condition set forth in paragraph (g) , which such condition must be satisfied within 30 days of such Purchase), each in form and substance (including the date thereof) satisfactory to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent:

(a)    A counterpart of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents executed by the parties thereto.

(b)    Certified copies of: (i) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of each of the Seller, the Originators and Worthington authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller, such Originator and Worthington, as the case may be, of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party; (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary organizational action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and (iii) the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement or any other organizational document, as applicable, of the Seller, each Originator and Worthington.

(c)    A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Seller, the Originators and Worthington certifying the names and true signatures of its officers who are authorized to sign the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. Until the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent receives a subsequent incumbency certificate from the Seller, an Originator or Worthington, as the case may be, the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent shall be entitled to rely on the last such certificate delivered to it by the Seller, such Originator or Worthington, as the case may be.

(d)    Acknowledgment copies, or time stamped receipt copies, of proper financing statements, duly filed on or before the date of such initial purchase under the UCC of all jurisdictions that the Administrator may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the interests of the Seller, Worthington and the Administrator (on behalf of each Purchaser) contemplated by the Agreement and the Sale Agreement.

(e)    Acknowledgment copies, or time-stamped receipt copies, of proper financing statements, if any, necessary to release all security interests and other rights of any Person in the Receivables, Contracts or Related Security previously granted by the Originators, Worthington or the Seller.

(f)    Completed UCC search reports, dated on or shortly before the date of the initial purchase hereunder, listing the financing statements filed in all applicable jurisdictions referred to in subsection (e)  above that name the Originators or the Seller as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements, and similar search reports with respect to judgment liens, federal tax liens and liens of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in such jurisdictions, as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may request, showing no Adverse Claims on any Pool Assets.

 

II-1


(g)    Copies of executed Lock-Box Agreements with each Lock-Box Bank.

(h)    Favorable opinions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, of: (i) Jones Day Reavis & Pogue, counsel for the Seller, the Originators, Worthington and the Servicer, and (ii) Dale T. Brinkman, counsel for Seller, Worthington and the Originators.

(i)    Satisfactory results of a review and audit (performed by representatives of each Purchaser Agent) of the Servicer’s collection, operating and reporting systems, the Credit and Collection Policy of each Originator, historical receivables data and accounts, including satisfactory results of a review of the Servicer’s operating location(s).

(j)    A pro forma Information Package representing the performance of the Receivables Pool for the calendar month before closing.

(k)    Evidence of payment by the Seller of all accrued and unpaid fees (including those contemplated by each Purchaser Group Fee Letter), costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable on the date thereof, including any such costs, fees and expenses arising under or referenced in Section  6.4 of the Agreement and the Fee Letter.

(l)    Each Purchaser Group Fee Letter (received only by the related Purchaser Group Agent) duly executed by the Seller and the Servicer.

(m)    Good standing certificates with respect to each of the Seller, the Originators and the Servicer issued by the Secretary of State (or similar official) of the state of each such Person’s organization and principal place of business.

(n)    To the extent required by each Conduit Purchaser’s commercial paper program, letters from each of the rating agencies then rating the Notes confirming the rating of such Notes after giving effect to the transaction contemplated by the Agreement.

(o)    Each Liquidity Agreement (received only by the related Purchaser Group Agent) and all other Transaction Documents duly executed by the parties thereto.

(p)    A computer file containing all information with respect to the Receivables as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may reasonably request.

(q)    Such other approvals, opinions or documents as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may reasonably request.

 

II-2


2.     Conditions Precedent to All Purchases and Reinvestments . Each Purchase (including the initial Purchase) and each reinvestment shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that:

(a)    in the case of each purchase, the Servicer shall have delivered to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent on or before such purchase, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrator and such Purchaser Agent, a completed pro forma Information Package to reflect the level of Investment with respect to each Purchaser Group and related reserves and the calculation of the Purchased Interest after such subsequent purchase and a completed purchase notice in the form of Annex B; and

(b)    on the date of such purchase or reinvestment the following statements shall be true (and acceptance of the proceeds of such purchase or reinvestment shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Seller that such statements are then true):

(i)    the representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III to the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such purchase or reinvestment as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date, and in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); and

(ii)    no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such purchase or reinvestment, that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event.

 

II-3


EXHIBIT III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

1.     Representations and Warranties of the Seller . The Seller represents and warrants as follows:

(a)    The Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including its use of the proceeds of purchases and reinvestments: (i) are within its corporate powers; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; (iii) do not contravene or result in a default under or conflict with: (A) its charter or by-laws, (B) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (C) any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (D) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or any of its property; and (iv) do not result in or require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties. The Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Seller.

(c)    No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for its due execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, other than the Uniform Commercial Code filings referred to in Exhibit II to the Agreement, all of which shall have been filed on or before the date of the first purchase hereunder.

(d)    Each of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws from time to time in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(e)    There is no pending or, to Seller’s best knowledge, threatened action or proceeding affecting Seller or any of its properties before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator.

(f)    No proceeds of any purchase or reinvestment will be used to acquire any equity security of a class that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

III-1


(g)    The Seller is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pool Receivables and Related Security, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. Upon each purchase or reinvestment, Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) shall acquire a valid and enforceable perfected undivided percentage ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest, in each Pool Receivable then existing or thereafter arising and in the Related Security, Collections and other proceeds with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. The Agreement creates a security interest in favor of the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) in the Pool Assets, and the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) has a first priority perfected security interest in the Pool Assets, free and clear of any Adverse Claims. No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering any Pool Asset is on file in any recording office, except those filed in favor of the Seller pursuant to the Sale Agreement and the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) relating to the Agreement, or in respect of which the Administrator has received evidence satisfactory to the Administrator of acknowledgment copies, or time-stamped receipt copies, of proper financing statements releasing or terminating, as applicable, all security interests and other rights of any Person in such Pool Asset.

(h)    Each Information Package (if prepared by the Seller or one of its Affiliates, or to the extent that information contained therein is supplied by the Seller or an Affiliate), information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished or to be furnished at any time by or on behalf of the Seller to the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent in connection with the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects as of its date or as of the date so furnished, and does not and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

(i)    The Seller has filed all tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing, except any such taxes or charges which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books.

(j)    The names and addresses of all the Lock-Box Banks, together with the account numbers of the Lock-Box Accounts at such Lock-Box Banks, are specified in Schedule II to the Agreement (or at such other Lock-Box Banks and/or with such other Lock-Box Accounts as have been notified to the Administrator in accordance with the Agreement) and all Lock-Box Accounts are subject to Lock-Box Agreements (except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent or as provided in Section  4.3 ). Seller has not granted to any Person, other than the Administrator as contemplated by the Agreement, dominion and control of any Lock-Box Account, or the right to take dominion and control of any such account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event.

(k)    The Seller is not in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority.

 

III-2


(l)    Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates has any direct or indirect ownership or other financial interest in any Purchaser.

(m)    No proceeds of any purchase or reinvestment will be used for any purpose that violates any applicable law, rule or regulation, including Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

(n)    Each Pool Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance is an Eligible Receivable.

(o)    No event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event and no event would result from a purchase in respect of, or reinvestment in respect of, the Purchased Interest or from the application of the proceeds therefrom that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event.

(p)    The Seller has accounted for each sale of undivided percentage ownership interests in Receivables in its books and financial statements as sales, consistent with generally accepted accounting principles.

(q)    The Seller has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy of each Originator with regard to the Receivables originated by such Originator, unless such Receivables were not Eligible Receivables as of the date of the sale or conveyance of such Receivables by such Originator to the Seller under the Sale Agreement and the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all such Receivables does not exceed $1,000,000.

(r)    The Seller has complied in all material respects with all of the terms, covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are applicable to it and all laws, rules, regulations and orders that are applicable to it.

(s)    The Seller’s complete corporate name is set forth in the preamble to the Agreement, and it does not use and has not during the last six years used any other corporate name, trade name, doing-business name or fictitious name, except as set forth on Schedule III to the Agreement and except for names first used after the date of the Agreement and set forth in a notice delivered to the Administrator pursuant to Section  1(k)(iv) of Exhibit IV to the Agreement.

(t)    The Seller (i) is not, and is not controlled by, an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act and (ii) is not a “covered fund” under the Volcker Rule. In determining that the Seller is not a “covered fund” under the Volcker Rule, the Seller relies on, and is entitled to rely on, the exemption from the definition of “investment company” set forth in Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act.

(u)    With respect to each Receivable transferred to the Seller under the Sale Agreement, Seller has given reasonably equivalent value to the Originator thereof in

 

III-3


consideration therefor and such transfer was not made for or on account of an antecedent debt. No transfer by any Originator of any Receivable under the Sale Agreement is or may be voidable under any section of the Bankruptcy Code.

(v)    Each Contract with respect to each Receivable is effective to create, and has created, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor to pay the Outstanding Balance of the Receivable created thereunder and any accrued interest thereon, enforceable against the Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(w)    Since its most recent fiscal year end, there has been no change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or assets of the Seller which would have a Material Adverse Effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or materially and adversely affect the transactions contemplated under the Agreement or such other Transaction Documents.

(x)    Neither Seller nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agent or Affiliates (i) is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), (ii) is in violation of (A) any of the laws, regulations and executive orders administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, including the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-1705), the Trading with the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1-44), and the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury regulations (31 C.F.R. Parts 500 et seq.), or (B) the Patriot Act (collectively, the “ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”) or (iii) is a Sanctioned Person. No part of the proceeds of any Purchase will be unlawfully used directly or, to its knowledge, indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by it or, to its knowledge, by any other Person (including any Affected Person) of any Anti-Terrorism Laws.

(y)    The Seller has not issued any LCR Securities, and the Seller is a consolidated subsidiary of Worthington under GAAP.

2.     Representations and Warranties of Worthington (including in its capacity as the Servicer) . Worthington, individually and in its capacity as the Servicer, represents and warrants as follows:

(a)    Worthington is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

III-4


(b)    The execution, delivery and performance by Worthington, of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including the Servicer’s use of the proceeds of purchases and reinvestments: (i) are within its corporate powers; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; (iii) do not contravene or result in a default under or conflict with: (A) its charter or by-laws, (B) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (C) any material indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (D) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or any of its property; and (iv) do not result in or require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties. The Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Worthington is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Worthington.

(c)    No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with any Governmental Authority or other Person, is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by Worthington of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party.

(d)    Each of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Worthington is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Worthington enforceable against Worthington in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws from time to time in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(e)    The balance sheets of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at May 31, 2000, and the related statements of income and retained earnings for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, fairly present the financial condition of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of the operations of Worthington and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and since May 31, 2000, there has been no event or circumstances which have had a Material Adverse Effect.

(f)    Except as disclosed in the most recent audited financial statements of Worthington furnished to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, there is no pending or, to its best knowledge, threatened action or proceeding affecting it or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g)    No proceeds of any purchase or reinvestment will be used to acquire any equity security of a class that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(h)    Each Information Package (if prepared by Worthington or one of its Affiliates, or to the extent that information contained therein is supplied by Worthington

 

III-5


or an Affiliate), information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished or to be furnished at any time by or on behalf of the Servicer to the Administrator, any Purchaser or any Purchaser Agent in connection with the Agreement is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects as of its date or as of the date so furnished and does not and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading.

(i)    The principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms are used in the UCC) of Worthington and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables are located at the address referred to in Section  2(b) of Exhibit IV to the Agreement.

(j)    Worthington is not in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority, which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k)    Neither Worthington nor any of its Affiliates has any direct or indirect ownership or other financial interest in any Purchaser.

(l)    The Servicer has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy of each Originator with regard to the Receivables originated by such Originator, unless such Receivables were not Eligible Receivables as of the date of the sale or conveyance of such Receivables by such Originator to the Seller under the Sale Agreement and the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all such Receivables does not exceed $1,000,000.

(m)    Worthington has complied in all material respects with all of the terms, covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are applicable to it.

(n)    Worthington is not an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.

(o)    Since its most recent fiscal year end, there has been no change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or assets of the Servicer which would have a Material Adverse Effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or materially and adversely affect the transactions contemplated under the Agreement or such other Transaction Documents.

(p)    No license or approval is required for the Administrator or any successor Servicer to use any program used by the Servicer in the servicing of the Receivables, other than such licenses and approvals that have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

(q)    United States Federal income tax returns of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries have been examined and closed through fiscal year ended May 31, 2000. Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries have filed all United States

 

III-6


Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns which are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by Worthington or any consolidated Subsidiary. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of taxes or other governmental charges are, in the opinion of Worthington, adequate.

(r)    Neither Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or Affiliates (i) is an “enemy” or an “ally of the enemy” within the meaning of Section 2 of the Trading with the Enemy Act of the United States (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), (ii) is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Laws or (iii) is a Sanctioned Person. No part of the proceeds of any Purchase hereunder, or any sale of Receivables under the Sale Agreement, in either case, will be unlawfully used directly or, to its knowledge, indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by it or, to its knowledge, by any other Person (including any Affected Person) of any Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

III-7


EXHIBIT IV

COVENANTS

1.     Covenants of the Seller . Until the latest of the Facility Termination Date, the date on which no Investment of or Discount in respect of the Purchased Interest shall be outstanding or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement to any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person shall be paid in full:

(a)     Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Seller shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, and preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges, except to the extent that the failure so to comply with such laws, rules and regulations or the failure so to preserve and maintain such rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)     Offices, Records and Books of Account, Etc . The Seller: (i) shall not move its principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms or similar terms are used in the UCC) and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables to an address other than the address of the Seller set forth under its name on the signature page to the Agreement or, pursuant to clause (k)(iv) below, at any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by the Administrator to protect and perfect the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) in the Receivables and related items (including the Pool Assets) have been taken and completed and (ii) shall provide the Administrator with at least 30 days’ written notice before making any change in the Seller’s name or making any other change in the Seller’s identity or corporate structure (including a Change in Control) that could render any UCC financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement “seriously misleading” as such term (or similar term) is used in the UCC; each notice to the Administrator pursuant to this sentence shall set forth the applicable change and the effective date thereof. The Seller also will maintain and implement (or cause the Servicer to maintain and implement) administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain (or cause the Servicer to keep and maintain) all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). The Seller will (and will cause each Originator to) on or prior to the date of the Agreement, mark its master data processing records and other books and records relating to the Purchased Interest (and at all times thereafter (until the latest of the Facility Termination Date or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement shall be paid in full) continue to maintain such records) with a legend, acceptable to the Administrator, describing the Purchased Interest.

(c)     Performance and Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy . The Seller shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), at its expense, (i) timely

 

IV-1


perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables unless the failure to so perform or comply does not involve a material portion of such Receivables, and the Seller shall have complied with its obligations with respect to such Receivables set forth in Section  1.4(e) , and (ii) timely comply in all material respects with the applicable Credit and Collection Policies with regard to each Receivable.

(d)     Ownership Interest, Etc . The Seller shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), at its expense, take all action necessary or desirable to establish and maintain a valid and enforceable undivided percentage ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest which shall not be greater than 100%, in the Pool Receivables, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, and a first priority perfected security interest in the Pool Assets, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim, in favor of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers), including taking such action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) as the Administrator, may reasonably request.

(e)     Sales, Liens, Etc . The Seller shall not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any or all of its right, title or interest in, to or under any Pool Assets (including the Seller’s undivided interest in any Receivable, Related Security or Collections, or upon or with respect to any account to which any Collections of any Receivables are sent), or assign any right to receive income in respect of any items contemplated by this paragraph.

(f)     Extension or Amendment of Receivables . Except as provided in the Agreement, the Seller shall not, and shall not permit the Servicer to, extend the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any related Contract.

(g)     Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy . The Seller shall not make (or permit any Originator to make) any change in the character of its business or in any Credit and Collection Policy, or any change in any Credit and Collection Policy that would have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Receivables. The Seller shall not make (or permit any Originator to make) any other change in any Credit and Collection Policy without giving prior written notice thereof to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent.

(h)     Audits . The Seller shall (and shall cause each Originator to), from time to time during regular business hours, but no more frequently than annually unless (x) a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or (y) in the opinion of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) reasonable grounds for insecurity exist with respect to the collectibility of a material portion of the Pool Receivables or with respect to the Seller’s performance or ability to perform in any material respect its obligations under the Agreement, as reasonably requested in advance (unless a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event exists) by the Administrator or any Purchaser, permit the

 

IV-2


Administrator or any Purchaser, or agent or representatives of the Administration or any Purchaser: (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including computer tapes and disks) in the possession or under the control of the Seller (or any such Originator) relating to Receivables and the Related Security, including the related Contracts, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the Seller and the Originators for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i)  above, and to discuss matters relating to Receivables and the Related Security or the Seller’s, Worthington’s or the Originator’s performance under the Transaction Documents or under the Contracts with any of the officers, employees, agents or contractors of the Seller, Worthington or the Originator having knowledge of such matters and (iii) without limiting clauses (i)  and (ii) above, to engage certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Seller and the Administrator to conduct, at the Seller’s expense, a review of the Seller’s books and records with respect to such Receivables.

(i)     Change in Lock-Box Banks, Lock-Box Accounts and Payment Instructions to Obligors . The Seller shall not, and shall not permit the Servicer or any Originator to, add or terminate any bank as a Lock-Box Bank or any account as a Lock-Box Account from those listed in Schedule II to the Agreement, or make any change in its instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to the Seller, the Originators, the Servicer or any Lock-Box Account (or related post office box), unless the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have consented thereto in writing and the Administrator shall have received copies of all agreements and documents (including Lock-Box Agreements) that it may request in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained in this paragraph (i)  to the contrary, the Seller may add a Permitted Lock-Box Bank as a Lock-Box Bank upon the consent of the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(j)     Deposits to Lock-Box Accounts . The Seller shall (or shall cause the Servicer to): (i) deposit, or cause to be deposited, any Collections received by it, the Servicer or any Originator into Lock-Box Accounts not later than one Business Day after receipt thereof, and (ii) instruct all Obligors to make payments of all Receivables to one or more Lock-Box Accounts or to post office boxes to which only Lock-Box Banks have access (and shall instruct the Lock-Box Banks to cause all items and amounts relating to such Receivables received in such post office boxes to be removed and deposited into a Lock-Box Account on a daily basis). The Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times, maintain such books and records necessary to (i) identify Collections received from time to time on Pool Receivables, (ii) segregate such Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators, (iii) identify Subject Collections received from time to time and (iv) segregate such Subject Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators. The Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall provide such information with respect to Subject Collections deposited into each Lock-Box Account as from time to time reasonably requested by the Administrator. For the avoidance of doubt, Subject Collections shall not be required to be deposited into a Lock-Box Account and Seller or Servicer may, so long as no Termination Event is then continuing or the Administrator is not then exercising its rights under Section  4.3 , at any time transfer Subject Collections from any Lock-Box Account to such Persons entitled to such funds as identified by Seller or Servicer, such transfer to

 

IV-3


be, without any action of the Administrator, the Purchasers or any Purchaser Group, free and clear of any liens or other rights in such Subject Collections which may have arisen in favor the Administrator, the Purchasers or any Purchaser Group under the Transaction Documents. The Seller shall not permit funds other than (i) Collections on Pool Receivables and (ii) Subject Collections, to be deposited into any Lock-Box Account. If such funds are nevertheless deposited into any Lock-Box Account, the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) will within two (2) Business Days identify and transfer such funds to the appropriate Person entitled to such funds. The Seller will not, and will not permit the Servicer, any Originator or any other Person to commingle Collections or other funds to which the Administrator or any Purchaser is entitled, with any other funds (other than Subject Collections). Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers or as provided in Section  4.3 , each Lock-Box Account shall at all times be subject to a Lock-Box Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents, if a Cease Commingling Event has occurred:

(i)    within one Business Day following the deposit of any Subject Collections into any Lock-Box Account, the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall identify the portion of funds deposited into each Lock-Box Account that represent Subject Collections;

(ii)    on each Business Day, the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall provide such information with respect to Subject Collections deposited into each Lock-Box Account as reasonably requested by the Administrator; and

(iii)    the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall instruct the obligor of each Subject Receivable to cease remitting payments with respect to all Subject Receivables to any Lock-Box Account and to instead remit payments with respect thereto to any other account or lock-box (other than a Lock-Box Account or any other account owned by the Seller) from time to time identified to such obligor; and

(iv)    that portion of the funds deposited into each Lock-Box representing Subject Collections shall be transferred to such Persons entitled to such funds as identified by Seller or Servicer.

(k)     Reporting Requirements . The Seller will provide to the Administrator (in multiple copies, if requested by the Administrator) and each Purchaser Agent the following:

(i)    as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Seller, unaudited financial statements for such year certified as to accuracy by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Seller;

(ii)    as soon as possible and in any event within five days after the occurrence of each Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event, a statement of the chief financial officer of the Seller setting forth details of such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event and the action that the Seller has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

IV-4


(iii)    promptly after the filing or receiving thereof, copies of all reports and notices that the Seller or any Affiliate files under ERISA with the Internal Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor or that the Seller or any Affiliate receives from any of the foregoing or from any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) to which the Seller or any of its Affiliates is or was, within the preceding five years, a contributing employer, in each case in respect of the assessment of withdrawal liability or an event or condition that could, in the aggregate, result in the imposition of material liability on the Seller and/or any such Affiliate;

(iv)    at least 30 days before any change in the Seller’s name or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof;

(v)    promptly after the Seller obtains knowledge thereof, notice of any: (A) material adverse litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between the Seller and any Person or (B) material litigation or proceeding relating to any Transaction Document;

(vi)    promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of a Material Adverse Effect in the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Seller, the Servicer or Worthington Industries, Inc. on a consolidated basis; and

(vii)    such other information respecting the Receivables or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Seller or any of its Affiliates as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(l)     Certain Agreements . Without the prior written consent of the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers, the Seller will not (and will not permit any Originator to) amend, modify, waive, revoke or terminate any Transaction Document to which it is a party or any provision of Seller’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws.

(m)     Restricted Payments . (i) Except pursuant to clause (ii)  below, the Seller will not: (A) purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, (B) declare or pay any dividend or set aside any funds for any such purpose, (C) prepay, purchase or redeem any Debt, (D) lend or advance any funds or (E) repay any loans or advances to, for or from any of its Affiliates (the amounts described in clauses (A)  through (E) being referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).

(ii)    Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (iii)  below, the Seller may make Restricted Payments so long as such Restricted Payments are made only in one or more of the following ways: (A) the Seller may make cash payments (including prepayments) on the Company Note in accordance with its terms, and (B) if no amounts are then outstanding under the Company Note, the Seller may declare and pay dividends.

 

IV-5


(iii)    The Seller may make Restricted Payments only out of the funds it receives pursuant to Sections 1.4(b)(ii) and (iv)  of the Agreement. Furthermore, the Seller shall not pay, make or declare: (A) any dividend if, after giving effect thereto, the Seller’s tangible net worth would be less than $16,000,000 or (B) any Restricted Payment (including any dividend) if, after giving effect thereto, any Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing.

(n)     Other Business . The Seller will not: (i) engage in any business other than the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any Debt of any kind (or cause or permit to be issued for its account any letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances) other than pursuant to this Agreement or the Company Note; or (iii) form any Subsidiary or make any investments in any other Person; provided, however, that the Seller shall be permitted to incur minimal obligations to the extent necessary for the day-to-day operations of the Seller (such as expenses for stationery, audits, maintenance of legal status, etc.).

(o)     Use of Seller’s Share of Collections . The Seller shall apply the Seller’s Share of Collections to make payments in the following order of priority: (i) the payment of its expenses (including all obligations payable to the Purchaser Groups and the Administrator under the Agreement and under each Purchaser Group Fee Letter); (ii) the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Company Note; and (iii) other legal and valid corporate purposes.

(p)     Tangible Net Worth . The Seller will not permit its tangible net worth, at any time, to be less than $16,000,000.

(q)     Commingling . The Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times, ensure that for each calendar month, that no more than 10.0% of the aggregate amount of all funds deposited into the Lock-Box Accounts during such calendar month constitute Subject Collections; provided that during a Cease Commingling Event, the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce the aggregate amount of all funds deposited into the Lock-Box Accounts during such calendar month that constitute Subject Collections to zero.

(r)     Liquidity Coverage Ratio . The Seller shall not issue any LCR Security.

2.     Covenants of the Servicer and Worthington . Until the latest of the Facility Termination Date, the date on which no Investment of or Discount in respect of the Purchased Interest shall be outstanding or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement to the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person shall be paid in full:

(a)     Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington shall comply (and shall cause each Originator to comply)

 

IV-6


in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, and preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges, except to the extent that the failure so to comply with such laws, rules and regulations or the failure so to preserve and maintain such existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)     Offices, Records and Books of Account, Etc . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall keep (and shall cause each Originator to keep) its principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms or similar terms are used in the applicable UCC) and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables at the address of the Servicer set forth under its name on the signature page to the Agreement or, upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice of a proposed change to the Administrator, at any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by the Administrator to protect and perfect the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) in the Receivables and related items (including the Pool Assets) have been taken and completed. The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, also will (and will cause each Originator to) maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable).

(c)     Performance and Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall (and shall cause each Originator to), at its expense, (i) timely perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables unless the failure to so perform or comply does not involve a material portion of such Receivables, and the Seller shall have complied with its obligations with respect to such Receivables set forth in Section  1.4(e) , and (ii) timely comply in all material respects with the applicable Credit and Collection Policies with regard to each Receivable.

(d)     Extension or Amendment of Receivables . Except as provided in the Agreement, the Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not extend (and shall not permit any Originator to extend), the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any related Contract.

(e)     Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not make (and shall not permit any Originator to make) any change in the character of its business or in any Credit and Collection Policy that would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not make (and shall not permit any Originator to make) any other change in any Credit and Collection Policy without giving prior written notice thereof to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent.

 

IV-7


(f)     Audits . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall (and shall cause each Originator to), from time to time during regular business hours, but no more frequently than annual unless (x) a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or (y) in the opinion of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) reasonable grounds for insecurity exist with respect to the collectibility of a material portion of the Pool Receivables or with respect to the Servicer’s performance or ability to perform in any material respect its obligations under the Agreement, as reasonably requested in advance (unless a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event exists) by the Administrator or a Purchaser, permit the Administrator or a Purchaser, or of the Administrator or any Purchaser agent or representative: (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including computer tapes and disks) in its possession or under its control relating to Receivables and the Related Security, including the related Contracts; and (ii) to visit its offices and properties for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i)  above, and to discuss matters relating to Receivables and the Related Security or its performance hereunder or under the Contracts with any of its officers, employees, agents or contractors having knowledge of such matters and (iii) without limiting clauses (i)  and (ii) above, to engage certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Servicer and the Administrator to conduct, at the Servicer’s expense, a review of the Servicer’s books and records with respect to such Receivables.

(g)     Change in Lock-Box Banks, Lock-Box Accounts and Payment Instructions to Obligors . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not (and shall not permit any Originator to) add or terminate any bank as a Lock-Box Bank or any account as a Lock-Box Account from those listed in Schedule II to the Agreement, or make any change in its instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to the Servicer or any Lock-Box Account (or related post office box), unless the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have consented thereto in writing and the Administrator shall have received copies of all agreements and documents (including Lock-Box Agreements) that it may request in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained in this paragraph (g)  to the contrary, the Servicer may add a Permitted Lock-Box Bank as a Lock-Box Bank upon the consent of the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(h)     Deposits to Lock-Box Accounts . The Servicer shall: (i) deposit, or cause to be deposited, any Collections received by it into Lock-Box Accounts not later than one Business Day after receipt thereof, and (ii) instruct all Obligors to make payments of all Receivables to one or more Lock-Box Accounts or to post office boxes to which only Lock-Box Banks have access (and shall instruct the Lock-Box Banks to cause all items and amounts relating to such Receivables received in such post office boxes to be removed and deposited into a Lock-Box Account on a daily basis). The Servicer will, at all times, maintain such books and records necessary to (i) identify Collections received

 

IV-8


from time to time on Pool Receivables, (ii) segregate such Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators, (iii) identify Subject Collections received from time to time and (iv) segregate such Subject Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators. The Servicer shall provide such information with respect to Subject Collections deposited into each Lock-Box Account as from time to time reasonably requested by the Administrator. For the avoidance of doubt, Subject Collections shall not be required to be deposited into a Lock-Box Account and Seller or Servicer may, so long as no Termination Event is then continuing or the Administrator is not then exercising its rights under Section  4.3 , at any time transfer Subject Collections from any Lock-Box Account to such Persons entitled to such funds as identified by Seller or Servicer, such transfer to be, without any action of the Administrator, the Purchasers or any Purchaser Group, free and clear of any liens or other rights in such Subject Collections which may have arisen in favor the Administrator, the Purchasers or any Purchaser Group under the Transaction Documents. The Servicer shall not permit funds other than (i) Collections on Pool Receivables and (ii) Subject Collections, to be deposited into any Lock-Box Account. If such funds are nevertheless deposited into any Lock-Box Account, the Servicer will within two (2) Business Days identify and transfer such funds to the appropriate Person entitled to such funds. The Servicer will not, and will not permit the Seller, any Originator or any other Person to commingle Collections or other funds to which the Administrator or any Purchaser is entitled, with any other funds (other than Subject Collections). Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers or as provided in Section  4.3 , each Lock-Box Account shall at all times be subject to a Lock-Box Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents, if a Cease Commingling Event has occurred:

(i)    within one Business Day following the deposit of any Subject Collections into any Lock-Box Account, the Servicer shall identify the portion of funds deposited into each Lock-Box Account that represent Subject Collections;

(ii)    on each Business Day, the Servicer shall provide such information with respect to Subject Collections deposited into each Lock-Box Account as reasonably requested by the Administrator; and

(iii)    the Servicer shall instruct the obligor of each Subject Receivable to cease remitting payments with respect to all Subject Receivables to any Lock-Box Account and to instead remit payments with respect thereto to any other account or lock-box (other than a Lock-Box Account or any other account owned by the Seller) from time to time identified to such obligor; and

(iv)    that portion of the funds deposited into each Lock-Box representing Subject Collections shall be transferred to such Persons entitled to such funds as identified by Seller or Servicer.

 

IV-9


(i)     Reporting Requirements . Worthington shall provide to the Administrator (in multiple copies, if requested by the Administrator) and each Purchaser Agent the following:

(i)    as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of Worthington, balance sheets of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries and of Seller as of the end of such quarter and statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, certified by the chief financial officer of such Person;

(ii)    as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Worthington and of Seller, a copy of the annual report for such year for Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries, containing financial statements for such year audited by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing;

(iii)    as to the Servicer only, as soon as available and in any event not later than two Business Days prior to the Settlement Date, an Information Package as of the last day of such month or, within 10 Business Days of a request by the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent, an Information Package for such periods as is specified by the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent (including on a semi-monthly, weekly or daily basis);

(iv)    as soon as possible and in any event within five days after becoming aware of the occurrence of each Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event, a statement of the chief financial officer of Worthington setting forth details of such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event and the action that such Person has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(v)    promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports that Worthington sends to any of its security holders, and copies of all reports and registration statements that Worthington or any Subsidiary files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange; provided , that any filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission that have been granted “confidential” treatment shall be provided promptly after such filings have become publicly available;

(vi)    promptly after the filing or receiving thereof, copies of all reports and notices that Worthington or any of its Affiliate files under ERISA with the Internal Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor or that such Person or any of its Affiliates receives from any of the foregoing or from any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) to which such Person or any of its Affiliate is or was, within the preceding five years, a contributing employer, in each case in respect of the assessment of withdrawal liability or an event or condition that could, in the aggregate, result in the imposition of a material liability on Worthington and/or any such Affiliate;

 

IV-10


(vii)    at least thirty days before any change in Worthington’s or any Originator’s name or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof;

(viii)    promptly after Worthington obtains knowledge thereof, notice of any: (A) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between Worthington or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority that, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (B) litigation or proceeding adversely affecting such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in which the amount involved is more than $2,000,000 and not covered by insurance or in which injunctive or similar relief is sought and which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or (C) litigation or proceeding relating to any Transaction Document;

(ix)    promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of a Material Adverse Effect in the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Servicer, the Seller or Worthington Industries, Inc. on a consolidated basis;

(x)    promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any downgrade of Worthington;

(xi)    such other information respecting the Receivables or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of Worthington or any of its Affiliates as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may from time to time reasonably request; and

(xii)    promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any material acquisition or investment by Worthington of or in any Person, business or operation.

(j)     Commingling . The Servicer will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times, ensure that for each calendar month, that no more than 10.0% of the aggregate amount of all funds deposited into the Lock-Box Accounts during such calendar month constitute Subject Collections; provided   that during a Cease Commingling Event, the Servicer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce the aggregate amount of all funds deposited into the Lock-Box Accounts during such calendar month that constitute Subject Collections to zero.

3.     Separate Existence. Each of the Seller and Worthington hereby acknowledges that the Purchasers, the Purchaser Agents, the Administrator and the Liquidity Providers are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in reliance upon the Seller’s identity as a legal entity separate from Worthington and its Affiliates. Therefore, from and after the date hereof, each of the Seller and Worthington shall take all steps specifically required by the Agreement or reasonably required by the Administrator to continue the Seller’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it apparent to third Persons that the

 

IV-11


Seller is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of Worthington and any other Person, and is not a division of Worthington, its Affiliates or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to and consistent with the other covenants set forth herein, each of the Seller and Worthington shall take such actions as shall be required in order that:

(a)    The Seller will be a limited purpose corporation whose primary activities are restricted in its certificate of incorporation to: (i) purchasing or otherwise acquiring from the Originators, owning, holding, granting security interests or selling interests in Pool Assets, (ii) entering into agreements for the selling and servicing of the Receivables Pool, and (iii) conducting such other activities as it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its primary activities;

(b)    The Seller shall not engage in any business or activity, or incur any indebtedness or liability, other than as expressly permitted by the Transaction Documents;

(c)    Not less than one member of the Seller’s Board of Directors shall be an individual who (A) has (1) prior experience as an independent director for a corporation or limited liability company whose charter documents required the unanimous consent of all Independent Directors thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy and (2) at least three years of employment experience with Amacar Group, L.L.C., Lord Securities Corporation, Global Securitization Services LLC or one or more other nationally recognized entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities (each, a “ Securitization Management Provider ”), (B) is employed by a Securitization Management Provider , (C) is reasonably acceptable to the Administrator as evidenced in a writing executed by the Administrator and (D) is not, and has not been for a period of five years prior to his or her appointment as an Independent Director of the Seller: (1) a stockholder (whether direct, indirect or beneficial), customer, advisor or supplier of Worthington or any of its respective Affiliates, (2) a director, officer, employee, partner, manager, attorney, affiliate, associate or consultant of Worthington or any of its Affiliates (Worthington and its Affiliates other than the Seller being hereinafter referred to as the “ Parent Group ”), (3) a person related to any person referred to in clauses (1)  or (2) above, (4) a person or other entity controlling or under common control with any such stockholder, partner, manager, customer, supplier, employee, officer or director or (5) a trustee, conservator or receiver for any member of the Parent Group (such an individual meeting the requirements set forth above, the “ Independent Director ”). It being understood that, as used in this paragraph (c) , “control” means the possession directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of management policies or activities of a person or entity whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the Seller shall provide: (i) for the same definition of “Independent Director” as set forth above, (ii) that the Seller’s Board of Directors shall not approve, or take any other action to cause the filing of, a voluntary bankruptcy petition with respect

 

IV-12


to the Seller unless the Independent Director shall approve the taking of such action in writing before the taking of such action, (iii) that the provisions described in clauses (i) and (ii) cannot be amended without the prior written consent of the Independent Director and (iv) the provisions described in clauses (i) , (ii) and (iii)  may not be amended without the prior written consent of the Agent;

(d)    The Independent Director shall not at any time serve as a trustee in bankruptcy for the Seller, Worthington or any Affiliate thereof;

(e)    Any employee, consultant or agent of the Seller will be compensated from the Seller’s funds for services provided to the Seller. The Seller will not engage any agents other than its attorneys, auditors and other professionals, and a servicer and any other agent contemplated by the Transaction Documents for the Receivables Pool, which servicer will be fully compensated for its services by payment of the Servicing Fee, and a manager, which manager will be fully compensated from the Seller’s funds;

(f)    The Seller will contract with the Servicer to perform for the Seller all operations required on a daily basis to service the Receivables Pool. The Seller will pay the Servicer the Servicing Fee pursuant to the Agreement. The Seller will not incur any material indirect or overhead expenses for items shared with Worthington (or any other Affiliate thereof) that are not reflected in the Servicing Fee. To the extent, if any, that the Seller (or any Affiliate thereof) shares items of expenses not reflected in the Servicing Fee or the manager’s fee, such as legal, auditing and other professional services, such expenses will be allocated to the extent practical on the basis of actual use or the value of services rendered, and otherwise on a basis reasonably related to the actual use or the value of services rendered; it being understood that Worthington shall pay all expenses relating to the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, including legal, agency and other fees;

(g)    The Seller’s operating expenses will not be paid by Worthington or any other Affiliate thereof;

(h)    All of the Seller’s business correspondence and other communications shall be conducted in the Seller’s own name and on its own separate stationery;

(i)    The Seller’s books and records will be maintained separately from those of Worthington and any other Affiliate thereof;

(j)    All financial statements of Worthington or any Affiliate thereof that are consolidated to include Seller will contain detailed notes clearly stating that: (i) a special purpose corporation exists as a Subsidiary of Worthington, and (ii) the Originators have sold receivables and other related assets to such special purpose Subsidiary that, in turn, has sold undivided interests therein to certain financial institutions and other entities;

(k)    The Seller’s assets will be maintained in a manner that facilitates their identification and segregation from those of Worthington or any Affiliate thereof;

 

IV-13


(l)    The Seller will strictly observe corporate formalities in its dealings with Worthington or any Affiliate thereof, and funds or other assets of the Seller will not be commingled with those of Worthington or any Affiliate thereof except as permitted by the Agreement in connection with servicing the Pool Receivables. The Seller shall not maintain joint bank accounts or other depository accounts to which Worthington or any Affiliate thereof (other than Worthington in its capacity as the Servicer) has independent access. The Seller is not named, and has not entered into any agreement to be named, directly or indirectly, as a direct or contingent beneficiary or loss payee on any insurance policy with respect to any loss relating to the property of Worthington or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate of Worthington. The Seller will pay to the appropriate Affiliate the marginal increase or, in the absence of such increase, the market amount of its portion of the premium payable with respect to any insurance policy that covers the Seller and such Affiliate;

(m)    The Seller will maintain arm’s-length relationships with Worthington (and any Affiliate thereof). Any Person that renders or otherwise furnishes services to the Seller will be compensated by the Seller at market rates for such services it renders or otherwise furnishes to the Seller. Neither the Seller nor Worthington will be or will hold itself out to be responsible for the debts of the other or the decisions or actions respecting the daily business and affairs of the other. The Seller and Worthington will immediately correct any known misrepresentation with respect to the foregoing, and they will not operate or purport to operate as an integrated single economic unit with respect to each other or in their dealing with any other entity;

(n)    Worthington shall not pay the salaries of Seller’s employees, if any; and

(o)    At all times that this Agreement is in effect, the Seller will provide for not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrator of the replacement or appointment of any director that is to serve as an Independent Director (or, if such replacement or appointment is due to a reason other than any direct or indirect action by the Seller, the Servicer or a stockholder or beneficial interest holder in the Seller (or any director (other than such Independent Director), officer, employee, or affiliate thereof), the Seller will provide for prompt written notice upon Seller’s knowledge or notice (but in no event more than one (1) Business Day following such knowledge or notice)), in each case such notice to include the identity of the proposed replacement Independent Director, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements for an Independent Director set forth in this Agreement and the certificate of incorporation of the Seller.

 

IV-14


EXHIBIT V

TERMINATION EVENTS

Each of the following shall be a “ Termination Event ”:

(a)    (i) the Seller, Worthington, any Originator or the Servicer shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document and, except as otherwise provided herein, such failure shall continue for more than five Business Days after knowledge or notice thereof, (ii) the Seller or the Servicer shall fail to make when due any payment or deposit to be made by it under the Agreement and such failure shall continue unremedied for one Business Day or (iii) Worthington shall resign as Servicer, and no successor Servicer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have been appointed;

(b)    Worthington (or any Affiliate thereof) shall fail to transfer to any successor Servicer when required any rights pursuant to the Agreement that Worthington (or such Affiliate) then has as Servicer;

(c)    any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Seller, Worthington or any Originator (or any of their respective officers) under or in connection with the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any information or report delivered by the Seller, Worthington or any Originator or the Servicer pursuant to the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered; provided   however , that if the representation and warranty contained in Sections 1(g) , 1(n) or 1(v) of Exhibit III shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered, such breach shall not constitute a Termination Event if the Seller shall have complied with its obligations with respect to such Receivable set forth in Section  1.4(e) ;

(d)    the Seller or the Servicer shall fail to deliver the Information Package pursuant to the Agreement, and such failure shall remain unremedied for two Business Days;

(e)    the Agreement or any purchase or reinvestment pursuant to the Agreement shall for any reason: (i) cease to create, or the Purchased Interest shall for any reason cease to be, a valid and enforceable perfected undivided percentage ownership or security interest to the extent of the Purchased Interest in each Pool Receivable, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, or (ii) cease to create with respect to the Pool Assets, or the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) with respect to such Pool Assets shall cease to be, a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest, free and clear of any Adverse Claim;

(f)    the Seller, Worthington or any Originator shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Seller, Worthington or any Originator seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization

 

V-1


or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Seller, Worthington or any Originator shall take any organizational action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this paragraph;

(g)    (i) (A) the Default Ratio shall exceed 1.50%, or (B) the Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 6.00% or (ii) the average for three consecutive calendar months of (A) the Default Ratio shall exceed 1.25%, (B) the Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 5.00%, or (C) the Dilution Ratio shall exceed 2.50%;

(h)    a Change in Control shall occur with respect to Seller, any Originator or Worthington;

(i)    at any time (i) the sum of (A) the Aggregate Investment plus (B) the Total Reserves, exceeds (ii) the sum of (A) the Net Receivables Pool Balance at such time plus (B) the Purchasers’ Share of the amount of Collections then on deposit in the Lock-Box Accounts (other than amounts set aside therein representing Discount and Fees), and such circumstance shall not have been cured within two Business Days;

(j)    (i) Worthington or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any of its Debt that is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $50,000,000 in the aggregate when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to such Debt (and shall have not been waived); or (ii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument (and shall have not been waived), if, in either case: (a) the effect of such non-payment, event or condition is to give the applicable debtholders the right (whether acted upon or not) to accelerate the maturity of such Debt, or (b) any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to repay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made, in each case before the stated maturity thereof;

(k)    either: (i) a contribution failure shall occur with respect to any Benefit Plan sufficient to give rise to a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA, (ii) the Internal Revenue Service shall file a notice of lien asserting a claim or claims of $25,000,000 or more in the aggregate pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code with regard to any of the assets of Seller, any Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate and such lien shall have been filed and not released within 10 days, or (iii) the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall, or shall indicate its intention in writing to the Seller, any Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate to, either file a notice of lien asserting a claim pursuant to ERISA with regard to any assets of the Seller, any

 

V-2


Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate or terminate any Benefit Plan that has unfunded benefit liabilities, or any steps shall have been taken to terminate any Benefit Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA so as to result in any liability in excess of $50,000,000 and such lien shall have been filed and not released within 10 days;

(l)    one or more final judgments for the payment of money shall be entered against the Seller or (ii) one or more final judgments for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $50,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, shall be entered against the Servicer on claims not covered by insurance or as to which the insurance carrier has denied its responsibility, and such judgment shall continue unsatisfied and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days without a stay of execution;

(m)    the “Purchase and Sale Termination Date” under and as defined in the Sale Agreement shall occur under the Sale Agreement or any Originator shall for any reason cease to transfer, or cease to have the legal capacity to transfer, or otherwise be incapable of transferring Receivables to the Seller under the Sale Agreement;

(n)    Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s shall request any amendment, supplement or other modification of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document which is not made within 10 Business Days after the applicable Purchaser Agent has provided notice thereof to the parties hereto; or

(o)    (i) the Seller shall fail to perform or observe any covenant or agreement set forth in paragraphs 3(c) or 3(o) of Exhibit IV or (ii) any Person shall be appointed or replaced as an Independent Director of the Seller without the prior written consent of the Administrator, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld so long as such appointed or replacement Independent Director satisfies the requirements for an “Independent Director” set forth in Section  3(c) of Exhibit IV .

 

V-3


SCHEDULE I

CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY

 

Schedule I-1


SCHEDULE II

LOCK-BOX BANKS AND LOCK-BOX ACCOUNTS

 

Lock-Box Bank

   Lock-Box      Account  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

    

27404

27406

27388

 

 

 

    

557395865

557395873

557506008

 

 

 

 

Schedule II-1


SCHEDULE III

TRADE NAMES

 

Organizational Name

   Trade Names / Fictitious Names

Worthington Receivables Corporation

  

None

 

Schedule III-1


SCHEDULE IV

[RESERVED]

 

Schedule IV-1


SCHEDULE V

INELIGIBLE OBLIGORS

1. Duffy Tool and Stamping, LLC

2. Bettcher Manufacturing LLC

 

Schedule V-1


ANNEX A

to Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF INFORMATION PACKAGE

 

Annex A-1


ANNEX B

to Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE

                  , 20     

PNC Bank, National Association

Three PNC Plaza

225 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, PA 15222-2707

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000 (as heretofore amended or supplemented, the “ Receivables Purchase Agreement ”), among Worthington Receivables Corporation (“ Seller ”), Worthington Industries, Inc., as Servicer, the various other Purchaser Groups from time to time a party thereto and PNC Bank National Association, as a purchaser (a “ Purchaser ”) and the administrator (the “ Administrator ”). Capitalized terms used in this Purchase Notice and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

This letter constitutes a Purchase Notice pursuant to Section  1.2(a) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. Seller desires to sell an undivided variable interest in a pool of receivables on              , [20      ], for a purchase price of $          . Subsequent to this Purchase, the Aggregate Investment will be $          .

Seller hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof, and as of the date of Purchase, as follows:

(i) the representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III of the Receivables Purchase Agreement are correct on and as of such dates as though made on and as of such dates and shall be deemed to have been made on such dates;

(ii) no Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such purchase;

(iii) after giving effect to the purchase proposed hereby, the Aggregate Investment of the Purchased Interest will not exceed 100% and the Aggregate Investment will not exceed the Purchase Limit; and

(iv) the Facility Termination Date shall not have occurred.

 

Annex B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Purchase Notice to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

By:

 

                                          

Name Printed:

Title:

 

 

Annex B-2


ANNEX C

to Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

Annex C-1


ANNEX D

to Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF TRANSFER SUPPLEMENT

 

Annex D-1


ANNEX E

to Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF EXCLUDED OBLIGOR REQUEST

             , 20     

PNC Bank, National Association

Three PNC Plaza

225 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, PA 15222-2707

[Each other Purchaser Agent]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Receivables Purchase Agreement ”), among Worthington Receivables Corporation (“ Seller ”), Worthington Industries, Inc., as Servicer, the various other Purchaser Groups from time to time a party thereto and PNC Bank National Association, as a purchaser (a “ Purchaser ”) and the administrator (the “ Administrator ”). Capitalized terms used in this Excluded Obligor Request (this “ Request ”) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

This Request constitutes an Excluded Obligor Request pursuant to Section  6.15 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. The Servicer, on behalf of the Seller, desires to designate the Obligor                      as a Excluded Obligor effective as of              , 20      (the “ Excluded Obligor Date ”).

Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a copy of the UCC-3 financing statement amendment that the Servicer proposes to be filed by [the Administrator] [the Servicer] on or promptly following the Excluded Obligor Date in connection with this Request.

Each of Seller and the Servicer hereby represents and warrants, as to itself, to the Administrator, each Purchaser and each Purchaser Agent, as of the date hereof, and as of the Excluded Obligor Date, as follows:

(i)     the representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III of the Receivables Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such dates as though made on and as of such dates and shall be deemed to have been made on such dates (except for representations and warranties that apply solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date);


(ii)    no Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the proposed designation of such Obligor as a Excluded Obligor;

(iii)    after giving effect to such proposed designation of such Obligor as a Excluded Obligor, the Aggregate Investment does not exceed the Purchase Limit, and the Purchased Interest does not exceed 100%; and

(iv)    the Facility Termination Date has not occurred.

[Signature Pages Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Request to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:

 

                                                               

Name:

 

                                                               

Title:

 

                                                               

WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION

By:

 

                                                               

Name:

 

                                                               

Title:

 

                                                               


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,

as Administrator

By:

 

                                                               

Name:

 

                                                               

Title:

 

                                                               


EXHIBIT I

  

Definitions

EXHIBIT II

  

Conditions of Purchases

EXHIBIT III

  

Representations and Warranties

EXHIBIT IV

  

Covenants

EXHIBIT V

  

Termination Events

SCHEDULE I

  

Credit and Collection Policy

SCHEDULE II

  

Lock-Box Banks and Lock-Box Accounts

SCHEDULE III

  

Trade Names

ANNEX A

  

Form of Information Package

ANNEX B

  

Form of Purchase Notice

ANNEX C

  

Form of Assumption Agreement

ANNEX D

  

Form of Transfer Supplement

ANNEX E

  

Form of Excluded Obligor Request


CONTENTS

 

Clause

       Page  

ARTICLE I

 

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE PURCHASES

     1  

Section 1.1.

 

Purchase Facility

     1  

Section 1.2.

 

Making Purchases

     2  

Section 1.3.

 

Purchased Interest Computation

     4  

Section 1.4.

 

Settlement Procedures

     4  

Section 1.5.

 

Fees

     9  

Section 1.6.

 

Payments and Computations, Etc

     9  

Section 1.7.

 

Increased Costs

     9  

Section 1.8.

 

Requirements of Law

     10  

Section 1.9.

 

Inability to Determine Euro-Rate or LMIR

     11  

Section 1.10.

 

[Reserved]

     12  

ARTICLE II

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS; TERMINATION EVENTS

     12  

Section 2.1.

 

Representations and Warranties; Covenants

     12  

Section 2.2.

 

Termination Events

     12  

ARTICLE III

 

INDEMNIFICATION

     12  

Section 3.1.

 

Indemnities by the Seller

     12  

Section 3.2.

 

Indemnities by the Servicer

     14  

ARTICLE IV

 

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS

     15  

Section 4.1.

 

Appointment of the Servicer

     15  

Section 4.2.

 

Duties of the Servicer

     16  

Section 4.3.

 

Lock-Box Account Arrangements

     17  

Section 4.4.

 

Enforcement Rights

     17  

Section 4.5.

 

Responsibilities of the Seller

     18  

Section 4.6.

 

Servicing Fee

     19  

ARTICLE V

 

THE AGENTS

     19  

Section 5.1.

 

Appointment and Authorization

     19  

Section 5.2.

 

Delegation of Duties

     20  

Section 5.3.

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     20  

Section 5.4.

 

Reliance by Agents

     20  

Section 5.5.

 

Notice of Termination Events

     21  


CONTENTS

 

Clause

       Page  

Section 5.6.

 

Non-Reliance on Administrator, Purchaser  Agents and Other Purchasers

     22  

Section 5.7.

 

Administrators and Affiliates

     22  

Section 5.8.

 

Indemnification

     22  

Section 5.9.

 

Successor Administrator

     23  

ARTICLE VI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     23  

Section 6.1.

 

Amendments, Etc

     23  

Section 6.2.

 

Notices, Etc

     24  

Section 6.3.

 

Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments

     24  

Section 6.4.

 

Costs, Expenses and Taxes

     26  

Section 6.5.

 

No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments

     26  

Section 6.6.

 

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

     27  

Section 6.7.

 

Execution in Counterparts

     27  

Section 6.8.

 

Survival of Termination

     27  

Section 6.9.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     27  

Section 6.10.

 

Sharing of Recoveries

     28  

Section 6.11.

 

Right of Setoff

     28  

Section 6.12.

 

Entire Agreement

     28  

Section 6.13.

 

Headings

     28  

Section 6.14.

 

Purchaser Groups’ Liabilities

     28  

Section 6.15.

 

Excluded Obligors

     29  

Exhibit 31.1

RULE 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a)

CERTIFICATIONS (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)

CERTIFICATIONS

I, John P. McConnell, certify that:

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2018 of Worthington Industries, Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

 

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 9, 2018

   

By:

 

    /s/ John P. McConnell

     

    John P. McConnell,

     

    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

RULE 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a)

CERTIFICATIONS (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)

CERTIFICATIONS

I, B. Andrew Rose, certify that:

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2018 of Worthington Industries, Inc.;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

 

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 9, 2018

   

By:

 

    /s/ B. Andrew Rose

     

    B. Andrew Rose,

     

    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002*

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Worthington Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John P. McConnell, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

/s/ John P. McConnell

Printed Name: John P. McConnell

Title: Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Date: April 9, 2018

*These certifications are being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. These certifications shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that Worthington Industries, Inc. specifically incorporates these certifications by reference.

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATIONS OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002*

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Worthington Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, B. Andrew Rose, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

/s/ B. Andrew Rose

Printed Name: B. Andrew Rose

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: April 9, 2018

*These certifications are being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. These certifications shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that Worthington Industries, Inc. specifically incorporates these certifications by reference.